Professional Documents
Culture Documents
r
.....
WORKS BY THE 'SAME AUTHOR.
...
PREFACE.
As A NATURALcpnsequence of the general advancement of
this country in literature, the importance attached to an ac-
quaintance with the Italian Language, as a part of polite ed-
ucation, has considerably increased. Not only does it now
enter into the circle of the-elegant studies of females, as the
handmaid and ally of the ornamental arts, but the spirit of
its higber literature begiIJ6 to be understood by the culti-
vated of both sexes; and within a shurt time a place has been
conceded to Dante and TrUllo in the same academic course
with Homer and Virgil.
But while the other langnag-es or" the continent of Europe
have possessed the advantage of a variety of good gram-
mars written in EngliJh, the Italian Instrncter has had the
mortification to see in almost universal use tbe farrago of
Veneroni,* to the disparagement of his native tongue and
the perplexity of those who would learn it. It is true that
other grammars are extant of vaHons degrees of merit,
and those of Galignani and Vergtini are entitled to much
praise; the former, however, is hardly k;nown here, and the
latter, which is perhaps the best of them all, has been connn-
Vener6ni was a native of Verdun, a small town of Burgundy,
in France; his real name was Vtgneron; but having learnt Italian,
and wishing to teach it in Paris, he Balia14ized his name and called
himself a Florentine. The Comp/de Balian MlJ8ter by SignOr
Vener6ni was written for a few crowns by ROBelli, the extraordinary
adventurer, who has left us his history in the romance entitled The
Unfortunate Neapolitan. I
viii PREFACE.
ed principally to New-York; where indeed the wanl of a
6uitable grammar has been far less felt than in other places,
from the 6ingular good fortune of that city in enjoying the
living instruction of the venerable Da P6nte, whose own writ-
ings, in prose as well as in verse, form an integral and perma-
Dent part of the Doble literature, which he has done 60 much
to propagate in America.
The field, therefore, was open for attempting to treat in
English the Grammar qf the Italian Language in a man-
Der belter suited to the wants of the public; and the au-
thor, in entering it, has flattered himself that he should
render an acceptable 6ervice, if, after a thorough study of
Italian writers on their own tongue, and a diligent examina-
tion of the labours'of his predecessors both in Great Britain
and France, he 6hould be able to produce a more complete,
and methodical, and, at the same time, strictly practical trea-
tise, than now exists in English, however far he might fall
short of that perfection of which he has the idea.
As the general plan of this Grammar will be r ~ i l y
perceived from the .lJ.nalytical Table of Contents at the end of
the volume, only a few observations are here necessary re-
specting it.
In the Introduction are givep very summarily the principle.
of general grammar, and the terms are defined in which those
principles are afterwards applied to the Italian tongue.
The Part devoted to Prollunciation affords, it is believed,
more full information on the subject than can elsewhere be
found; and as the words are carefully represented by English
combinations of letters of equivalent sound,* students who can-
not avail themselves of oral instruction, may yet mal\e such an
The vowel a is represented by the combination of letters ah, pro-
nounced without aspiration as in the words airr'ah, allelujah, &.c. :
e, by ay, as in day, except when it is occurs before certain consonanla
with which in English it has what is called the short sound, nearly
resembling the sound in Italian, as in the syllables en, el, &.c.; be-
fore r, however, e is sounded long, like ay, and indeed the name of r
would have been l1etter represented (on page 12) by ayr-ray:
i, by ee, as in aleep: u, by 00, as in doom. In the _combinations
k,y - g.y - l.y - n,y, a comma is inserted to prevent the letter
before it from coalescing with the y, which is to be pronounced with
the following vowel as if it began the syllable.
PREFACE.
ix
approximation to a just pronunciation, as to perceive and enjoy
in a good degree the rhythm and harmony of the classic au-
thors, and, with few errors to unlearn, be prepared to take ad-
vantage of future opportunities of improving their pronuncia-
tion by intercourse with accomplished speakers of the lan-
guage.
The Orthography contains the result of what has been writ-
ten by Italian authors on the subject, and such rules as have
been deduced from the usage of the best writers.
In. treating of the different Parts of Speech, in the division
called Analogy, while the author has wished that nothing
should be wanting to the completeness of this part of his trea-
tise, he has striven so to mcthodize the various particulars
that they should lie ready for use. The verbs, especially, are
given with unexamplcd fulncss; and to both the regular and
irregular verbs are annexed the poetical forms, which consti-
tute no sm,aU difficulty for learners, even in reading the older
prose writers. This is an advantage not lI-1l"orded to the Hamel
extent in a,ny preceding grammar.
As to the Syntas, a few scattered observations only are to be
found in the be&t grammars, like those of Galigntini and Verga-
ni. These are here dig"llted under their proper heads, increas-
ed by various new ones (particularly those on the use of the ar-
ticle, of the'pronoun Ula in addressing persons, of the prepori-
tiom, and of the ellipaia), and all of them supported by cita-
tions from those classics from whose authority no appeal can
be allowed, thougb colloquial usage may in a few instances
be at variance witl thell1.
It was the intention of tbe autbor to follow the Syntax by a
body of Exercises adapted to the Grammar; but the size
.which tbe volume had already attained, determined him to re-
serve them to be published in a separate form, in which per-
haps they will be on the whole more conveniently used, if not
attended by other advantages.
Throughout the Grammar, it should be observed, the
principal rules are placed under their approprialeheads, in
a larger type; and under each head, separated by a line,
follow observations which, o w ~ r important, are less strict-
ly essential. Exceptions to general rules and subordinate
obServations are printed in a smaller type. Every Italian
x PREFACE.
word of more than one syllable is carefully accented, that
the mere perusal of the Grammar may operate as a per-
petual lesson in pronunciation, preparing the pupil to read
currently the first author put into his hands, and sparing the
instructer the trouble of much inculcation. For an analo-
gous reason, every Italian word and sentence is accompanied
by a literal English version, which is often indispensahle to the
beginner, and can rarely be unuseful.
The author is well aware. of the amount of indulgence
which his n ~ i s style will require on the part of his readers,
whose very pursuit of a foreign literature implies a degree of
cultivation in their own, which must make them impatient of
the constraint and want of idiomatic propriety they will here
meet with. Grammatical propriety, however, and perspicuity
were the highest qualities to which he could at present pre-
tend, in a language whose idioms are so remote from his own;
and if he has been in any good degree successful in attaining
these, he relies on the candour of ingenuous scholars to attri-
bute his defects to the difficulty of the case, and DOt suppose
that he undervalues or is insensible to the charms of a good
style; which would indeed be inexcusable in one whose ambi-
tion it is to spread a 4nowledge of the most graceful of mod-
em dialects: .
"nlam, quidquid agit, quoque'> vestigia movit,
Componit furtim subsequiturque Decor."
Cambridge, February, 1829.
I have;
thou hast;
he has;
they have;
H, whether in the beginning, or in the middle of words,
has no sound in Italian.
It is only used,
1. disti::Uisb words,
Mi, ah'-ee, (verb)
Aa, ak,
kanno, ahn'-no,
it is a
ah!
alas!
ohl
aM
day!
o!
oo!
&c.
And in each case h has no particular sound j
sign, a mark of distinction, rather than a letter.
from
0, 0, or;
a"i, ak'-ee, prep. & article) to the;
a
J
ak, preposition) to ;
anno, ahn'-no, (noun) year.
2. To denote the hard sound of the consonimts, c, K,
before the vowels e, i; as, in
cherico, kaY'-ree-ko, clergyman;
china, kee'-naIl, declivity;
gherbino, gayr-bee'-no, the south-west wind;
gMgno, gkee'-n,yo, smile.
3. To prolong the sound of the vowels a, e, 0, tt,
in the interjections,
Ah!
Deh!
Ok.'
Uh!
OJ the Pronunciation oj Syllables.
Ck followed by the vowels ia, ie, io, iu, as in the syl-
lables chia, chie, ckia, chill, is prunounced like k in the
English word kind; k,yah', k,yay', k,yd, k,yoo' ;
ckiave, k,yah'-vay, key;
chiesa, k,yay'-sah, church;
chiam.a, k,yo'-mah, head of hair;
chiusa, k,yoo'-sah, hedge.
Gil. followed by the vowels ia, ie, io, iu, as, in the syUa-
bles ghid, ghie, ghi6, ghiu, is pronounced like g in the
English word guide; g,yaJt, g,yay', g,yo', g,yoo;
ghianda, g,yahn'-dak, acorn;
ghiera, g,yay'-rah, quivpr;
gAi6tto, g,yot'-to, glutton j
teggkiuzza, teg-g,yoot'-sal., baking-paD.
Gl followed by-the vowels a, t, 0, u, is pronounced hard,
in the English words glance,gleR,glory,gloamy ; as,
gladiat6re, glah.dee-an,..to'-ray, gladiator;
gleba, . glay'-bah, glebe;
-glubo, glol-bo, globe;
glutine, gloa'-tee-nay, glue. ,
Followed by the vowel i, it is pronounced liquid, like,
11 in the English word ,b,"illiaRt; as,
gli, l,yee, the, or to him;
e'gli, ay'-l,yee, he;
qucgli, ,kway'-l,yee, he that. ,
It has the same sound in all tbe words in which gli
is followed by another vowel; as,
v6g1ia, va' -l,yah, desire;
m6g1ie, mol-l,yay, wife;
d{{lio, chee'-l,yo,
jigliuMo, jee-l,yoo,o'.lo, son.
But, in all the words in which gli is followed by a
consonant, gl is pronounced hard, as in the
word glimmer; as,
negligente, nay-glee-ien'-tay, negligent;
Anglicano, ahn-glee-kah'-no, Anglican;
f .
r
I
I
I
PRONUNCIATION.
CHAPTER IV.
19
20
PRONUNCIATION.
band;
sottish;
dry.
It has the same sound in the words,
A'ngli, aknl-glee, Englishmen;
A'nglia, aknl-glee-aA, England.
Gn in the syllables gna, gne, gni, gno, gnu, is pro-
nounced liquid, something like ni in the English word
onion; n.yak', n,yay', n,yee', n.yo', n,yoo'; as,
magtigna, mall-gah'.n,yah, blemish;
agnello, ah-n,yel'-lo, lamb;
inc6gnito, een-ko'-n,yee-to, unknown;
bis6gno, bee-so'-n,yo, need;
ignudo, ee-lI,yoo'-do, naked.
Sc followed by the vowels a, 0, u, is pronounced hard,
like sk in English ;-or like sc in the English words
scant, sconce, scoop; as,
scMa, skall'-lah, ladder;
sc6rno, skor'.llo, scorn;
scltsa, skoo'-zak, excuse.
Followed by the vowels e, i, as, in the syllables
ue, sci, it is prorrounced soJr, like sA in the English words
shdl, ship; shay', shee;
scena, shay'-nah, scene;
sdmia, sheel-mee-ak, ape.
It takes the hard sound, if an h is put between it and
the vowels e, i, as in the syllables sche, schi; akay, skee ;
scherno, skayr'-no, mockery;
schifo,. skee'-fo, skiff.
And it takes the soft sound if an i is put between it
and the vowels a, 0, u, as in the syllables seia, sci6, scilt;
she,ah', she,o', 5he,00';
jauia, jah'-she,ak,
seiileeo, she,ok'-ko,
asciittlo, ak-she,ool-to,
Sch followed by the vowels ia, ie, io, iu, as in the
syllables schia, schie, schi6, schilt, is pronounced like sk
in the English word sky; sk,yah', sk,yay', sk,yo', Sk,yoo';
schifvo, sk,yali'-vo, slave;
sehUna, sk,yay'-nala, the back j
PRONUNCIATION.
21
schi6ppo, sk,yop'-po, musket;
schiu7lla, sk,yoo'Jfllah, froth.
The syllables gua, gue, gUI, are pronounced like pah,
pay, gwu in English; as,
g'llCincia, gwahn' -che,ah, cheek;
guerra, gwayrJ--rah, war;
guida, gwee'-da/a, guide.
The syllables qua, que, qtlf, quo, have the same
sound that kw"n', kway', kwd, boo', have in English; _
as,
gwinto,
questo,
quiete
quotidiano,
kwahnJ-to, how much;
kway-sto, this;
kwu-ayJ.tay, rest;
daily.
,
General 'f!,emtJrks on the Italian Pronuraciation.
ITALIAN words are pronounced exactly as they are
written, there being no silent letter except 1.
Every vowel preserves always its proper sound, inde-
pendent of the letters which 8(:company it.
When consonants are doubled, each of them is sepa-
rately pronounced; and when or more vowels come
together, they are pronounced distinctly one after
another, as they are written; as,
errore, ayr--ro'--ray, error;
attrezzi, aht-lrd'see, utensils;
a'ere, ah',ay-ray, air;
B6rea, boJ-rfly,ah, Boreas;
.fiore, fe,o'-ray, flower;
v6i, voJ,ee, you;
u6mo, oo,oJ-mo, man;
miei, me,ay',ee, my, or mine;
tu6i, too,o',ee, thy, or thine.
If a word ends with a consonant, and the follow-
ing word begins with a vowel, the consonant of the for-
\
\
22
I
PRONUNCIATION.
mer, in the pronunciation, is joined to the vowel or first
syllable of the lauer; as,
per am6re, pe-ramore, pay-ralwrul-ray, for
love;
61'and' ang6scia, gran-dango'scia, grairt-dalm-gll-sM,aJa,
-great anguish.
And when gli precedes a word beginning with a vow-
el, the vowel or first syllable of the latter is joined
to gli, so as to form a single syllabic; as,
gli onlJri, glio-1I6ri, l,yo-no'-ree, the bonodi'll;
6ccAi, beglioe-chi, bay-l,yokJ-ku, beautiful eyer.
Rule, for determining ",ken tlle vowels E, 0, at'e prll-
7Wunced open or close.
E is pronounced. open,
1. When it is deriVed-from as io
rege, king;
impero, empire.
2. When it comes after the vowel i j as in
- - light;
.ft.era, a wild beast.
S. At the end of words when is unaccented; as in
. voce, voice;
g6te, cheeks.
4. When it .is preceded by an r joined to any other
consonant; as in
'crema, cream;
greve, hea\'y.
5. When it is followed by two different consonants;
as in
veste, garment ;
,erto, wreath.
6. When it is followed by tt; as in
affetfo, kindness;
perfetto, perfect.
PRONUNCIATION.
is
7. In the terminations htto, hua, mo,
esialo; in their ; and ia their plural; as ia
bird;
premo, I press;
sentellZ(J, sentence ;
sen"o, serioua :
earth;
t:entesirao, hundl'edeJa.
E is close,
1. When it is derived from the latin i j as i.
pUo, bair;
letteTa, letter.
2. When it is immediately followed by an j as i.
" supper;
pena, pain:
Uoleu it comes after an i, as in ldaihla, tbe beck; wbeD It Is.,,..
s. At the end of words wben it is acceated; as ia
[merce1 reward ;
he feared:
Escept iD foreign Dames as NOll, Noah; NoN, MOUI"i ...
-t. In die, what, and its compounds; as
perclai, [percli] wby;
fuorchl, [fuorcAeJ except.
5. When it is followed by M ; as in
bint ;
pen.
6. In the monosyllables, _, me; ru, u.; u, himself;
te, thee; &c.
7. In the terminations Sggio, 110, Ito,
8zzo j in their feminine; and in thf'ir plural; as in
a walk;
anger;
neguo, I follow;
I1elo, veil;
fresco, I play;
Qceto, vinegar ;
rezzo, shade:
PRONUNCIATION.
Except wbere, in tbe termination eguo, it is preceded b, r joined
to another consonant, as ill Ireguf1, truce; and where, In tlte ter-
mination eto, is preceded hy r joined to another consonant, or
by a vowel, sa in deereto, decree, queto, quiet; when it ia upen.
o is pronounced opEn,
1. When it is derived from the latin au; as in
o'ro, gold;
tes6ro, treasure.
2. In all words which the accent falls upon the D "
as in
b6sco, wood ; .
o'rto, garden.
3. At the end of words when it is accented; as in
amo, [am6] lie loved;
cantero, [canttr6] I will sing.
4, When it is preceded by u " as in
cu6re, heart ;
fu6co, fire.
5. When it is immediately preceded by an r joined to
another consonant; as in
pr6va, proof;
tr6vo, I find.
6. When it is followed by two or three consonants,
the first being an s; as in
r6spo, toad;
chi6stro, cloister.
7. In the last syllable but one of those words in which
it is followed by a double consonant; as in
n6tte, night;
t6sse, cough.
8. In the monosyllables do, I give; fo, 1 do; no, not;
so, I know; sto, I stuy; va, I go; &c.
9. In the terminations 6so, 6sa, of nouns, and in their
plural ; as in
rip6so, rest;
sp6sa, spouse.
10. In the terminations 6g1io, 6g1ia, 6g1ie, and in their
plural; as in
f6g1io, a sheet of paper;
PRONUNCIATION. 25
,,6glia,
c6g1ie,
wish;
he gathers.
o is dose,
1. When it is derived from Latin the "; as in
colpa, sin;
p8lve, dust.
2. "When it is at the end of words and the accent falls
upon some other vowel; as in
amo, [amoJ I love;
p6mo, [p6mo] apple.
s. In all words in which it is preceded by an "'; as in
m8nco, maimed;
multo, much.
.c. When it is followed by nt; as in
monte, mountain;
fr8nte, forehead.
5. In monosyllables in oi; as n8i, we; "oi, you; &c.
ElI:cept pOi, then; nOi, thou tired; where 0 is open.
6. In the terminations
in their plural; as in
amortJso,
paurOsa,
7. In the terminatioDs
as in
oso, osa, of adjectiws, and
full of love ;
fearful.
aio, oia, and in their plural;
jilatdio, spinning-wheel;
mangiatdia, manger.
8. In the terminations ogno, ogna, and in their plu-
ral; as in
bisOgno, want;
verg8gna, shame.
9. In the terminations 000, ana, one, and in thcirplu-
ra]; as in
pertUno, forgiveness;
corOna, crown;
ragiOne, reason.
10. In the terminations oro, ora, ore, and
plural; as in
corD, choir;
3
in their
PRONUNCUTI9N.
adOra,
fiOrI,
adore. ;
1Iowel::
E:lcer.t when 0 is used instead or the IIU or the Latin, u ill fIlUro,
laore J where it is OJICII.
There are many words containing I, 0, which are Dot
comprehended in any of the preceding classes.; bu.
they are too various to be reduc:ed to general rules.
It may be observed, boweTer, with regard to the e, that
when there is in a word an e close and the accent falls
upon it, if by the addition of one or more syllables to die
word, the accent is transferred to one of the following
syllables, the e which was close becomes opefl; as,
I think, pensier6so, (.pensier6so] pensive;
Calsar, cesareo, Lcesareo] imperial.
And with regard to the 0, when the accent renders the
sound of the 0 OPC", if, OD account of the addition of ODe
or more syllables to the word, the accent passes to one
of -t"e following syllables, the 0 open becomes close; 81,
6rts, garden, orticHlo, [orticello] little garden;
b6sco, wood, bllsClaetto, (bOs'hetto] thicket.
.-
A SVNOPTICAL TABLE
OJ' TBE
SOUNDS OF THE LETTERS.
(Letters.)
~ 1
:I
E l ~
~
(SOUDds.)
f
a] (father;
e Imet;
ay i I day;
-
(Examples.)
fama,
tema,
te_a,
(ProuuDciatioD.)
fala'-maA,
tem'-tiA,
. tay'..aA,
fame.
theme.
fear.
~
-0
~ .
I
{u ~ s ~ ,uep;
I
o
u
~
IT
~
00
flDt;
Mte;
tlomrI ;
dittfno,
,,610,
,,8to,
cl'ro,
,ue-41ee'-fUJ,
fJO'-to,
"o'-to,
lo.'-ro,
diviDe.
void.
vow.
hard.
...
""
ca, kalr.; ceis., kalr.'-saA, house;
Nl
oe
..}
co, ko; c611o, kol'-1o, neck;
..., ...
cu, koo; cUra, koo'-raTa, care;
J ?.l che, kay; cheto, kay'-to, quiet;
cTai, kee; chblo, kee'-no, inclined.
C
}
ce, cllay; cena, eTaay'-nah, supper;
...
ci, eTaee; dbo, ehee'-bo, food;
...
f5
cia, che,alr.' ; cidlda, ehe,ahl'-daA, wafer;
"
ci6, che,a' ; ei6mpo, ehe,om'-po, carder;
0
ciu, ehe,oo' ; ciurma, ehe,oor'-malr., crew.
cc I
1
t-eooy' ; accento, alr.t-eTien'-to, accent;
(")
.s
eee,
t<-::
cci, t-ehee' ; acc1dio, aht-ehee'-dee-o, slaughter;
J:
r
eciei, t-ehe,aTa' ; Jaccia, JaM-' ehe,alr., face;
t
..:.3
eci6, t-ehe,o' ; luccio, loot'-cl&e,o, pike;
=
J eeiu, t-ehe,oo' ; laht-che,oe,o'-lo, snare.
h
d
}
ga, gaTa; g6bbia, gahb'-bee-alr., cage;
0<1
..
!
go, go; g61a, go'laTa, throat;
G
oo{
}
gge, d;jay'; oggetto, od-jet'-to, object;
a
...
ggi, rJ.jee' ; 6ggi, od'-jee, to-day;
"d
ggia, d-je,aA' ; pi6ggia, pe,od'-je,ala, rain;
!
.5.1
le.so, ks'.so, boiled;
J .. virtu6so, veer-toQ-6'-so, virtuous;
..
maest6sa, maJa...ay-sto'-sal, majestic.
S
vuo, vee'.56, visage;
{ .... f:
sp6sa, spo'-sal, spouse.
JIB
t.rrnlse, alr-nay'-zay, 'harness;
...
==
pa-""lay'-zay, manifest;
M
:5'
aWso, aA-6oo'-zt>, abuse;
Ilt
o.
delUso, day-kJo'-zo, deluded;
ii_a
musa, JIIOO' -zaA, muse;
confusa, ktJn,.foo'-zoJa, confounded.
jazzoletto, ja1&t-so-lef-to, handkerchief;
CAl
0
t:
bellezza, . bel-let'-sah, beauty;
fTah' -tsee-ah, grace;
t
.!
spezle, spay'-tsee-ay, species;
.S
%10, tsee'-o, uncle;
4
ccUza, kahl'-tsala, stocking;
J
donzeUa, don-tsel'-lah, damsel;
Z sc6rza, ,kor'-tsah, bark. .
lAzaro, lah'-dsala-ro, Lazarus;
zodiaco, dso-dee'-alt-ko, zodiac.
I'd
..
abbondanza, ahb-bon-dahrlJ-sala, abundance;
diligenza, riee-ke-jen'-sah, diligence;
.!i!
16nza, lon'.sah, panther.
to ...
}
-
temp,j, tem'-pe,e, temples;
0
J
0; f! g
.. It= spazj, spah'-tse,e, spaces.
.... e
.. c>.
}
chia, k,yah' ;
clairfve, k,ya1&'-vay, key;
CH
cllie, k,yay' ; r,hiesa, k,yay'.sah, church;
chi6, k,yo' ; ehi6ma, k,yo'-mah,
head of hair;
ole eMU., k,goo' ; ckiusa, k,yoo'.saA,
hedge.
{ i }
gAid, ; gAicfnda, g,yahn/-dak, acorn;
OH
g,ya:/ ; glriera, g,yay'-ra1&, quiver;
Q.! .
gAia, g,yo ; gkiatto, g,yot'-to, glutton;
J ghifJ, ; teggkifJzza, teg-g,yoot'-sak, baking-pan.
r
cl
J
gla, glaA; gladiat6re, gladiator;
ol/
I
I
gk, glay; gleba, glay'-bah, glebe;
1
glo, glo; gl6bo, glo'-bo, globe;
J
a
gIll, gloo; glUtine, gloo'.tu-nay, glue;
i
GL
gli, glee; negligente, nay-glee;jm'-tay, negligent.
0
}
gli, l,yee' ; ay'-l,yte, he, or to him I
('.l
} .1
glid, l,yah' ; ,,6g1ia, vo'-l,yaA, desire;
S
. i
glie, l,yay; m6glie, mo'-l,yay, wife;
Ifutf,,}
, I>
quit,}
que, I>
"', -
u6,
r gwah'!
gway;
L gwee';
{
kuJaA;
kuJay';
kuJu';
kuJo';
,
gudncia,
guerra,
gWla,
quanto,
questo,
quiete,
quotidiano,
gvJahn'-de,ah,
Ifwayr'-rah,
Ifwee'-dah,
.cheek;
war;
guide.
~
r ak,ay;
dere, aA',ay-ray, air;
al,
a",ee
mai, mak',ee, never;
00, all,o; Paolo, poh',o-lo, Paul;
au, ak,oo ; aur6ra, aA,oo-ro'.,.aA, aurora;
ea, ay,an; B6rea, bo'ray,ak, Boreas;
ee, ay,ay; veemente, vay,ay-men'-tay, vehement;
ei, aY,ee; Dei, day',ee, Gods;
eo, ay,o; E'olo, ay',o.lo, Eolus;
toa
eu, ay,oo ; Eur6pa, ay,oo-ro'-pah, Europe;
~
ia, e,ak; jidto, fe,ak'.to, breath;
~
ie, to,ay; miMe, me,ay'-lay, honey;
io,
.:l
e,o ; .fi
6
re, f/!,o'-ray, flower;
i'll,
:.:l
e,oo ; piuma, pe,oo' ,maA, feather;
oi, o,ee; v6i, "o',ee, you;
aa, oo,ak; guan,ia, goo,akn'-ene,ah [pa1&n'-che,al] ,
~ cheek;
ae,
I oo,ay; questo, koo,ay'-sto [klDay'-sto], this;
ui,
l~ /
lui, wo',ee, him ;
ao, 116mo, oo,o'-nw, mani
iei, e,ay,ee; miei, me,ay' ,ee, my, or mine;
aoi, oo,o,ee; 1u6i, 100,0' ,ee, thy, or thine;
iuo, e,oo,l} ; figlill6lD, fee-l,ye,oo,o'.1D [fu-l,yoo,o'-ID],
child;
Cd
Cd
iuoi,
',DO,o,u ;
lauiu6i, lti1&1-cltl.,oo,o' p, IDarel.
Words of Similar Ortlwgrap'ky, but of Different' Signification, distinguiihed
by the Different SoUfid 8j E, o.
(R
PJeggia,
viglio,
w.ena,
cask;
an old man;
oats;
winds;
v6ggia,
veglio,
vena,
venti,
let him lee;
I am wake;
vein;
twenty.
./
Pronounced with 0 opetIl
accorrlJ, to receive;
acc6rsi (mi), I perceived;
Mtte, blows ;
dJgli, thou gatherest;
dJllo, neck;
caito, gathered;
Cfwso, Corsican;
sea-eoast;
fosu, ditches;
F6ro, the Bar;
indOtto, ignorant;
posta, post;
rocca, fortress;
r6go, funeral pile ;
r6sa, rose;
sc6po, scope;
Pronounce!! with 0 cZo-.
acc6rre, he runs;
acc8rsi, I ran ;
Mtte, pipe ;
c8gli, with the;
with the;
"'lto, cultivated;
c6rso, course ;
c8stG, it costs;
flsse, that he might be ;
flro" hole ;
ind8tto, induced;
p8st., place ;
roC", distaff ;
,.oge, blackberry bush;
rOsa, gnawed;
sc6po, I sweep;
i
I
e.t
\II
ProDDunced with 0 open.
,
sc6rsi,
s6no,
torre,
t6rta,
t6sco,
fJ61go,
fJ6lto,
.6to,
I perceived;
sound;
to take away;
twisted;
poison;
I turn;
turned;
void;
PrODOIUlced with 0 c!ole.
scorsi, I ran over
sono, I am;
torre, tower;
torta, tart;
Tosco, Tuscan ;
volgo, the vulgar;
v8lto, face;
voto, vow'
toll
O'l
;
I
,"
..
..
.
"
,. .. (
.
, .
. . ,
PART II.
'-
OJ' TBE
...
.
.. .
"
.
, 'ITxLIAN'ORTHOGRAPHY.
CHAPTER J.
Of tke Accent.'
THE Accent) in Orthography, is' a small sign placed
upon the "vowels of words to determine their pl'0nun- ..
ciauon. '.
There are twoac:cents in Italian) the grafJe aDd the
.
.The grave accent ill an oblique line dra'Yn from the-
left to the I:ight (').; and the acute) an oblique litu!
from the right t9 left (I)
.These accents generallJl' put ,all words ,in which a letter
or syllable I!as been as in milio, "irtu, in which v, and
te, de, or e are' from natitlo, native,; tlirlule, mrlude,
or Ilirllle, virtue: ...,. .
.. , And on those words in which the sameness of spellin,; might
produlll! II confRs",n of signification; as in perd, but; balla, pow-
er ;, &C. to dist4nguish them from pero, pear-tree; batie, nurse; &c.
The grave accent is put,
1. On those nouns ending in ta, which in Latin ter-
minate in tas, and in English in ty; as,
. ..
4
II
'.,-
'.
,"
..
. .
. ' .
; .
,. -
..
.
. , .
":"' ..
..
.
.. .'
, .
..
J.' :
".. -
'.
:.. ..., ...
0' .
.. ".
....
, ........
.. .'
ORTHOGRAPHY 38
.: . ["ufitasJ .' castitd,. chastity;
. . J onestd, . honesty.
2. On n01.\1JtI ending in u; as,
.. Corfi, Corfu;
, trilN, ' tribe.
S. On nouns ending in i; as"
alcaU,' alkali; ,
. crimisl, . crimson. '0 -.. .
4: On the first and third pe.-soJ1S singular of. ..
ture of all verbs; as, 0 '. :. .,'
amer
o
,' love; amerd, " "0
temero, I will fein ; temere, . be will fear.; .
smtir;', hear; sentird, hear.
5. O. 'the third person singular of the perfect-defi- .
aite of all those verbs in which the fil,'st persoa of :the -
same tense terminates with two vowels; 8S, . ..
[canMi, sang; J canto, sang; ,.
I believed ;] 'he believe.d';
slept; ] dorml, , slept. .
6. the words oibo, y ; orsu, come; .cosl, .so, or
thus ; just now; coil, cold, 'costl, costd, there; and
the interjections (fime, alas; &c. ,
. 7. Gn the words cio, this, or that; gid, already; giu,
below; pill, more'; pud, may, or can;' qua, qui, here j' ,.
which are written with a grave accent in order to mow -
that the two vowels are to be pronounced both in oDe,
:, 9ylIable.
8. And on the words
di, (nolln, or verb) day, or say thou;
dG { S ; .-
(verb) {IS;
ld,
(adverb) there;
it,
I
(affirmativ'e parti- .
si, cle, or adverb) ,. yes, 011 so ;
(negative particl,e, 'th
,.:) nor, or nel er;
or cOJ'lJunc..oD .
' (conjunction) .' because;. ' , .
in which the grave accent is used as a mark or dis:', '
tinction between them, and the words .
.. . , .". :
..
.
.- .
-
# '" . -
, ......
'.
"
:,.
", 4t) ...
"
'. '.
,,:. 't.
,"
to more agreeable; ;'; '.
. '. . [qlle,lo u6mo] qMll' u6mo, this UlIID ;
:., . {!luellQ cUbero, that tree: .
.. .
. . The' Italians .write with an apostrophe, . _ '.'
: . 'i:,Tbe articles 10, la, VJe, making an elision oft,pe vow-
words beginnillg with a ,.,'
. .' -" -I'. on6rf, . the hOl!our; .. '. . -/ _ ..
....: l' " .,: : _
. \rtlclllS are. also written without an ap9slro- ,
", '. phe; iii,' ."' . I '. I' ". r f .,.. _
.', '.. ' ". the love -: .' ...;( ... -:-
. '. . . ' la enerjria, tbe energy: ....
.... ': )Jut tbe article la, the, is followed by aD ti, -it it ..
. . , Wltb. lin apos
tro
l?he; BB,. .' ".'. . '. ci " .
-;...... , " . l'amma,,, ,theeoul: ".,-; I-:.. .. .
... j.. . .. ' ,. . ... ......
. '. ", .. The article {!Ii, the, when it is followed'by aD i; at,;'.
. :' ." {'. ft.l' ingegni, : . ..; . .' ' ". .-.,'
.' l' <.J_J" It 'd I ..' "'. -
.; ".'; ..... g ,_'I,. ." t e J 0 S" . . f.'
-' s:-Tbe uticle' Ie, the, whell the foUdwiug -'Ord'beglD' '" a.
'With e; as, . .,
: k '. ..1' the heresies; , " " 70"'.
, . . . .." ,the emendatioDs. .".'. ....
'.' ': : :.' 'we'- write also with a.n apostrOphe -at1iciidu.:;..-...
...- ...... th.e, a'l:owel,.au!l tDlijre ail ;..',
'. yowell; as, . .. . -, . ,. , '. .. _. t":" . - 4i. ..
.. .' .' . ,. tUtlll'Z mdn/Jo,.. ,. all the world;' : .
., .... : .' ". ..'1pro, '('pelto,' upon the " ,. .., .
II' " "'- . . : 'of', r
_' " .', ,4., .T.he 'Words mi, me.; ct',' us; . ;'.$l . ,."
.. of it, or pfthem; st,'if; di, .....
, : ' ",they colne .before a vowel; as, '.' : .... . 1; l.
',m', inganno,- ,I deceive myself; . .
.. : , .. t' :ama; , .' " 7' he lov1l8 thee ,.
". c' intende,. '. :he 'us;" .&c. )' .:
. ". .'" d th d'.:I ,. , -"-' , , 'b '
...., J . .J;I.n e wor 8 e:, ae, co, ne",pe, . ' ',.:'
.. se', ve'''r.o', me', from el, he,
'they,.; .(/1;- . of the; .al, the; dal, from' or by the
. 6i,. with the;. nei, in. the; for or by the;
'.' . hand&OlDe ; sei, tbou aft; vedi, see $ou ; p6,0, ..
. better; v6glio
,
1. wiBl,t; .&c. ' . " . ' :. i.. .....
. ", : ' ....... \... .. . ".\7 ...
".: ... ,. ," ' , N- .,. ,I:
'. Ill' . r..,. .. :""
." " ... 1".' . ........ ,.. . I
'.: \;.... ).J..\.;.. .. :,
," _I I I; _ .. , ., t"( .... ... j
,...'
"
' ..
0(,
,f OJ
L
i .
ORTHOGRAPHY.
.," .
41
.
. .. . .
The apostrophe is never used when the elision of
the ,:owel might produe-e, in o'o\lns or adjectives, a COD-
" .. fusion of gender, number, or relation.
, Thus the feminine of all the adjectives of the commOD
- gendlfr, like i7&nocente, innocent; errante, wandering;
'&c. preceded by the a,rticle la, the, are written with-
'Out.elisioD, la i7l1locente, la errante, to distinguish them
froin 1he'n1wIculinel l'innocenu [10 innocente], l' errante'
, [10 errante] : .
, Tae plural of those IlOUDS that, in the plural, do
oot termination, as, eNe, image; es{asi,
extacy; which, preceded by the article Ie, the, are written
,k elftgie, the il\1ages; ie elltasi, the extacies; to distin-
-psh tbem from the singular, l' eiftgie [la effigi.], the
,rgstasi [lIZ es(asl], the extaey : '
And the preposition ria, from or by, expressing the
, of derivation, followed by a noun beginning with
" '. a"vow:el,' as, da am6re, from or by loV'e; is written with-
; ,,' out elision, ,to' 'distinguish it from the telation of pos-
, sessioD, d' am6re [di am6re], of love. ' ,
. '. ',' ' is the, apostrophe used when the elision of tbe
. vowels.would cbange the sound of the consonants; as
_ iIi the,. by the vowels a, e, 0, ti, the
eliSion' of the i- would render hard the souBd of the
gl;, in '". . . P,
gl? (lvci.rj, aoon, the misers;
gl' editt.i, 1i gii editti, 'the edicts; .
glr .. ?r gli flccki, the eyes;' .
,--' ' gl' uccetli; , gli 'uccelli, .the birds.
For lhe re'ason, ci, us, Rnd words ending ill
'. ,ci, ge, gi, written w.it.h an bef?r&
vowe!s a, 0, u, !IDce' the ehslOn of e" gIve
\ "ttl. the,coDsO"nllnts a hard sound t; as in . "
,'. fac'" ardente/ ardlnie, burnillg light;
... :Jo./r.' 4
c
centi;" . d6ici' sweet ;
. "piiigt' aprJc,he, ' piagie aprkM, ,sunny places; ,
. -... allltni, : p6ggi. ameni) 'pleasant hills :
,i,'- . . "
" .' ."S!'e P.!'QDunciatillll. page 18. ,t Ibid. Po 15, 16-
.. ..,J ,:', :'" .. .'4.. " '"
.; '. - ..
. .
,,'11Io
.. ... ,.
: . ."
. ',: ::.. .... . ........ -.
l ..
,'.
....
.. '
..
,',
.....
"
.'
.. ...
:-..
.. ,.. ......
42' ..'. OR;HOGRAPHY. .' :':. ,li."'
.But written with an t},.: ..
tb I
. ........ .
e vowe s e, l j as In : _ .
felic' evento, happy success ;
mulac' imprese, bold enterprises; ,
pitJgg' erbfJse, . grassy places; , .
freg' illustri, illustrious honours; " _
sinoo the sound of the consonants does not' suffer' any ,..i'l
,alteration by the elision of e, i. .:; .
. Words end with two vowels, as cambio,
change; fog; though .followed by another v0\y,
el, do not receive an apostrophe I ; , ."
Ellcept" few 7Ierhs, in io, IllIl)oglio, doglio, which
byio, I, "re w.ritten .:....
. io. I wisb ; ,-
rlU dogl' w, I grieve. . ,':.;
The WQfds that are marked a grave accent, as ',y.,:;
felicitd, hll,Jipiness; c-ioventu, youth; &c. do not re- ...
ceive 11n apostrophe: . . .
X,cept pereM, RlId all the componnds of ehe,. as, ., '!.
" perM' duse, because he said; ,
. . bencb' ella fosse, although she was j
amoreh' io t:oteSft, although I would,
,
...
CHAPTER III.
Of the Reduplication of C:msonants.
. I
'.
I
. .
The Italians all 'words as they pronounce
and in those words in which a consonant is. pronounced
:with,double force, they double the consonant ill writing; as,
, 'obbligo, obligation; ,
. ," . faccenda,. business; .
imm."trine, image;
. legtttimo, ,lawful.
Consonants are generally doubled,
", , 1. In words compounded of Qne .of the partieJes a, 0, ,
'sl, Bt; and Qf" any .other word. beginning with'a .con-, '
. " sonant; as, ' , ,
. . [a pe71a] t1ppena, hardly;
[9 ve,:!,] or ebe,;
. "
....... -- '.
ORTHOGRAPHY. 43
. "
. . .
'A syilable c8miot willi two cobion8nlS, unless
be I, n, o'f r; or the 6rst be '; in whicb Jasr
'cate it may begia eyeD' with three; as,
.... . fl,,-g.elIo, . . scourge; "
't.. - grwom6ne, gllQIDOn,,;
;.. .. , cri-ticlJ, .. . .' e.tii'c}sm ;' ..
. . 'pD.-da, '... '. sword;
'.' ". ilt,.G.da
1
." lllft'et:. .
'.\ And if tWit COOllonaBts are fuund in JDiddle of
,W'Qrds Of which the. former,is Qot- an s,'.Dor the an
00 QJ' r. the conllOnKntibeloollgs "to the preced.
and the latter to Ute followin,g i as,
.' " '.' .6f.mo, .. ' elOl ; .
.. '. tirI'CO, . bow; ...
'. .' 0 ,. - , , -l4.n-eia, , , J lance, _
'oA "aoDq,t. begin 01' eb9 witll 8 double coillp. '.-
: {I,' mlJl., SS, becaule it 'c1Juld not -be loi'ndf;d t'
:w-ben;a double iOqsonlUlt is- found ih the m'i'dple of !'"
.a w_d, tlte first beJongs te the preceding lyUaDllt, and
to the following'; HI, . :. '., f ,
. '..... , fJel-lo, tleece ; /'.. ..
... "': '. .' or. pe.JUJ," pen; ., . ,
.' < 1';" -. cas-s., .. ,bex. 0- 'I" "
. -. between. twei vowe1s 1te18Dgs ak:tays to
. : "the-latter ot>wel; HI"
- . .' :pe-pe,'.1' pepper; . , " ...
': . ..... ".... . fa.to;. ..... fate_. ' . .. .."
'.. !J'he last in. all Italiu words endr witlt ,a
., . .... . ...# '... . . I A"" .: ...
(he i' jper, b1. '
"c" ..... " iI. .... ...... ...
..... . ..
... " - CHAPTER V: .
.... '.
.
".e ;
.". . .. ...It; .
......
. , .
. , Pf the Increase of Word.. .' ":' '4
.. ' ., 0"
Wlien ilia i!'l; con, ROnt per; are followed by''' : .....
a word begiQ.Ding .with a.n s follow:tl 'by another .. " "
sonant. (which, is. called by the .Italians lib impure s),. .":
spaventq; striFe, i to tpe. hiu'slt, ' ....... ,
, j". ..:.'.. .'.>..:'. ..:\<.
t '. ....".. ( J" " .'"
:': . "'I. ".' .a ",. '. ... . .; ........,
.,......... ,
:.. _. : ...'" :'\ ; ...... t;" . '"' ."_ ir
. : '. I '.
.
'"
'.
'- .
" ' ..
.... .. ,.- ..... '\ Ii":.,'.
.,: ... p : \ , ,:'
.. - .:.. : ,.: ,.
. .;.; 1 '. , .... " ..- "..., ... ..... ":., .. ;
... > .;. ,':'. ,,' ',,";: '47.-, '
. . .,....... -f..,;... "." ." '. .' J
."""0, 'good ;' and the list of the worda iJM,,;
, " lijtndsome; tpJWo, that; gra.nJe, great; when they are"
-'fonowed by a word beginning with a cODlionant, are al- .-
, ' ways ; as, '
," ,,," ullji6re, ,a flower;'
" : ti ,thou de/lervest it;' '
biten mno, good wine;
, "bel prato, beautiful meadow;
... quet IUJro,. . i that ;. '. .
_", -gran nvrcc1to, market; " .
, ." ,grtm citta, ',,' gfjJat cHy. ' .' :,. ,
The last syllable of tbe wor,ds Frate, [Friar}; : :,'
Santo, Saint; when they are' used as is also re-- ,:, .
.. trooched before a consonant; as, '
F:ra"tJiofJanni" . John;
, , San Pao19, ". ,Saiot Paul.'
, . :'" Words terminating in a ate 'never'retrenebed : ,.'
.. . . .. . . . . . . ' ..
Ellcept SUdra, Sister; whlcb, wben osed 8S a title, 1000u tbe' _; lI.,
, .. SuOr Mana, Silter Mary ;
and ora, now, wilh ill IIOmpoand., rllldrIJ, medra, tllldrll, Itc.
, whicb, before, a cODsonaot, may be fe.trenched;
0 lIf' di, now S8Y ;
allJ,. flilli, 'tben I 18W; 0
amUr pitinge, ' , he weep. still ;'
tllldr flegghia, sometime. he i. awake,
. W..ords ending in i ';e never :
Except fuOri, out, whicb bE'fore a consonant loses its i; 0,
fuJr di citt4, out of to":D,
. .. '
Wo!"d!l terminating in 14, and words accented on the
,hUlt syllable, are never rl'trenched.
o ords retrenched in the singular are" never retrench
- ed in0the; plnral: 0'
J. great, in plural grandi, also, lose. the
. last .)'lIllble ; 8S," '
" gralt perieali,. grt"at dangers ;
. .' !ran riee"!ne, " riches. '
" 0\,d8 which w()uid be retrenched befMs a word be-
ginning with It. consonant, are always written with an
before- heginning ,wid! a vowel; as, ,
, .
.. .." ....
( .,
,.
""
.'
.....
'.. \. . ." '. ,- .. - . II'
, ,."._ ',,' ..... :;. r 4'" t.... .<1.. -. . I . "' .._ .
"'ll IIf'P .... .. . , ...
.. " .... .. :.": ',. "!. ... '.- "
... ,.. .." " .."' - .
.:, ',. ,:,,: " ...:,<'.....\.::... :, ".
"' ..:'. ORTH()(fRAPHY,' ,>, .: ' '1'
." .. . . .. ." ...... '
lir.um' 61io" go'od' oil; , . .'
:; , " bell' ,handsome appearuco';
f '. quell' arw, 'that bow; ,
, ' ',' inciso, wt;ll engraved; ,
", ;' -', '"'' '. ,', grand' uOmo, ' great man;'
';, ," " " . 'Frat' Alberto, . Brqther Altiert;
.. I Silint. And ::
,-"" t .'
", .,}.'-.cept uno,a; an; BoP Sudra,.Si'ster; which Dever f'!cei".... "
, apostrophe; ' ' ' ;' '. /, . " " :
,." '". un ai71iflO. ' a friend; , ",
, ,', '., ., ,SuSr Angelica, . Angelica, . '
.. . . ... '.
:.. " , WQrqs are never retrenched, when they ar.e folJow:ed
" - " ,\)y an impure s; when. they lIl"e at the end Df a -, ,
, ',' Sentl\t;e,; "or when they are followed by a comma, or '
';tny ather stQP' ,"
. .. .... ".
.. ' '0 .....:: :".
" . e. to
" .... ' Sdme, compound wordll,in their compositKi.n loile a'
, letter, or a: syllahle; as, "i
[ieri'sera] iersera, last evening; ,
(s'IU!J terra} 'solterra, :tmder ground; , ,'. "
(domani mattfna] domattitia, to-morrow mor.DIDg.',
Jnfitlitives'of verbs joined to it conjunctive pro'nolm', '
, drop tht';J: .fillal.e as, ' . ': .
, [amare ttl am-:J.rct, to lov'e 'us;
, ': [vede.re 10] vede."lo, to see him;
[sentire 1iJ sentirli, , to hear them. , '.
The first and third per'lODS singular, and the thir:d pel;.
son plural ofthe imperfect of the 'indicative of all ,
verbs, which in the infinitive terminate in ere, ire:; as, io .
it meva, eg1i tem-eva, eglino tem-evnno,. io
't sentiva,. eglino sentivanv; generally' drop the v; as, .
'" ?' 'hI, . 2feared;
eg,z 5 e S '.
,eg1ino tem-eano,: ' they : .feared j
10 ' I 2
h
' d
eg1i sentza, : he S- llar, ,
si7/:tiano" they heard. .
The words cavcilli, crtpUli, frate.lli, t./uelli, belli, aelli.
tilli, dcUli, nflli; pWi, colli, s-lllli, tr111i, and, qauili, mali,
I
"
. !
ORTHOGRAPHY.
49
..
t41i, may be contracted into urvai, capei,
Mi, dei, ai, diJi, "i, pei, c6i, sui, trcU,
qUf14? mai, tai; which, when they are followed by a
consonant, it is more elegant to abbreviate, aDd.
write with an apostrophe ; as,
light horses j
cape" Winchi, white hair;
.frate' carJW.li, own brothers ;
que' signori, thoae gentlemen;
be' coswmi, good manners ;
, tk' nemici, of the enemies j'
a' pare"ti, to the parents;
da' lddri, by the robbers;
'At' bis6gni, in the necessities;
p' crimpi, through the fieldw;
co' denti, with the teeth j
su' monti, upon the mountains;
tra' Mschi, amongst the woods ;
qua,' dolori, \vhat pains j
ma' pensi'ri, malicious thoughts ;
ta' discorsi, such discourses. ,
. The words egli, he j aDd- eglino, they; both of them
make ei, and e'.
Tbis is aU that neo to be said on the diminution or
retrenchment of words; except that the rule respecting
the retrenchment of e, 0, when preceded hy I, m, '" r,
..does 1I0t hold in certain ilHltances, where sucb retrench.
ment would produce a harsh sound. Thus the words,
c6me, how j nome, Dame; a"imo, courage; cltit1.ro, clear j
raro, rare; nero, black; duro, hard j osefwo, obscure.i.
are never written com, nom, anim, chiar, ner, rar, dur;
oscur.
5
..
..
..
Of tM Articles.
-. .
~
~ THE Italilin has three articles, ii, 10, la, the. R, 10,
" are used with masc!Jline, and Ia, with feminine Douns.
II is prefixed to masculine nouns beginning with any
cllnsonBnt, except z and impJlre s; and makes Ii or i in
. the plural; as, ~ .
il libra,. the book;
tbe books.
.... .,..
.
Ii libn, 2
or i libri, 5
We meet with Ii frequently in the clUlic8; but modem writers
generally use i in preference to it.
Lo, which makes gli in the plural, is put before mas-
culine O U ~ bRgiDDiDg with an impure s, a z, or a vow- c.
el; as,
10 spr671/!,
10 mclero,
10 am6re, }
or l' am6re, t
10 ingegniJ, ~
.or I' ingegno, S
gli spr6ni,
g.li zuccheri,
See OrthogT. pale 45.
the"spur;
the sugar;
the love;
the genius;
the spurs; ..
... the sugars;
t Ibid. pI .to.
."
.
.. .
.,
O
..
,
"
t.
:11
ARTICLE.
gli am6ri, the loves;
gl'inggni, the geniuses.
La precedes feminine nouns begioning either with
a consonant or a vowel; and makes Ie iu the plural; III,
la casa, the liouse ;
la ingiuria, } h.'
orl' ingiuria,t t e InJury;
la eresia, l
or l' eresfa, 5 the heresy;
la ejJigie, l
or I' elftgie, 5 ,. the effigy i
I' daima, the soul;
le
,, thh
e ouses;
Ie ingiurie, the injuries;
Ie eresie, } f
or l' eresfe, t _ the heresies;
ole ejf''I{fie, the e1ftgies ;
Ie liaime, the souls.
After the word Messire, Master or My lord; and after
the preposition per, for or by, whether it be followed
by impure s, z, or any Offer consonant, lhe article 10
always used; as,
Messer 10 principe, My lord the prince ;
per 10 regno, through the kjllgdom
In the plural, however, if the article iI followed by anr conNln-
aut bnt or impure I. we may.u.lJ indil'emntll either gil or Ii; H,
per gli l . tb be ...-
or per Ii Sbdlcht. roup t
The word Dio, God, before its plural D6i, Gods, takes
the article gli; as,
gli Dei, the Gods.
I
When these articles. are immediatelY preceded by the
prepositions di, of; <I, to; da, from or by; til, iu; COR,
with; per, for or by; SU, upon; tra, amongst,.in 0 ....
der to avoid the harshness of sound produced by two
ml?nosyllables coming together, they are united, lUld
form a single word."
See Orthogr. pp. 40, 4J. t Ibid: p. 40.
tIbid; pp. 40, 4J. "I!. t Ibid; p. 46.
,
..
....
": Union of. the Prepositions di, a, da, in, Call, per, SU, ..
tra, wit" the Articles ii, lb, lao
[di ill
[a il ,
[da i ]
.[in ill
i
con ill
. per ill
. sfl'ill
[tra iT]
J
..
."
l .
!.,
, ,!
IL.
Singular.
dei,
fll,
dal,
nel,
.. wi,
pel,
ml,
fral,
Plural. -.
r
rdi Ii, di a1 dati, dei, de',
a Ii, a i] alli, ai, a',
do li, rJa'a] wai, dtii, .',
E
',. Ii, in 11 nefli, ne',
ctm li, ctm i] c611i, c6i, "o',
er Ii, per i] pelli, pei, pe',
[S1I 'Ii, !U a1 iUlfi, sui, su',
[m. fi, '?:G (I 'tniHi, trai, tra',
LO.
'.
of the;
to the; .J
from or by the :
in the;
with the;
for Ir by the ;
upon the;
amongst .the.
ef1'lae ;
to the;
iroa (III' ..ythe :
in the-;
with the;
for or by the;
upon the;
amongst the.
Singular.
[!Ii '10] deno,
[a 10J dUo,
[dfl 10] didio,
neUo,
[con 10] ,6Uo,
1
per 10] pWo,
SrI 1o] .. suRo,.;
trllo] .trcWo,
See pp, 40, 48, 49
,
of the
to the;
from or by the :
in the;
witb the;
for or by the;
upon the;-
fhe.-
r
;
.-
AJ{TICLE.
...
"
Plural
.,
'*
"
.'
-or
, ,
,
..
ANALOGY.
t." z, or im,ure s, c6llo, t,uUo, c6lla, cogli;
tNgli, c6lle, trazle, aad rUgli, separated; and say, con 10
zuc/:ldb, with the sugar tra 10 sdegno, i!l the anger; con
la dzzer/l, with the head of hair I two la smcinia, in
the madness; con gli %Ufoli, with the flageolets; Ira gli
stuqj, among the studies; con Ie dnne, with the tusks;
, Ira le stelle, among the stars; S" K'i scudi, upon the
shi\ds.
The e.nglish'indefinite III'ticle a, an, is expressed by
the indefinite pronouns uno for the mascuHne, and
, u.a for the feminine, which in the plural make
.alcftni fer the IDRsculine, and alcun; for tho femi-
as; un a friend; "n a hat; uno
.- z6ccolo,. saRthl; uno spcccltio, a looking-glass; una
.zeba, a goat; un' tillatra,f a duck; alcUni amici, some
frlends; alcuni cappelli, sOlDe hats; alcUni zOccoli, some
sandals; alcuni some looking-glasses; alcUne
z.ebe,) some goats; alcune anatre, some ducks.
And when a noun is taken in a partitive sense the ad-
jectives some and any are' expressed in Italian by the
words del, delio, della, for the singular; and delli, dei
tk', degli, delle, for the plural; as, del pcine,...aome
.. or 11ny bread; dUlo spirito, some Ilr any spirit; tUllo
zucchero, some or any sugar; .dell' 61io, some or 8ny
,. oil dftlla carne, some or IfJY lJIeat; tkll' tUqutJ, some
or any water; tk' lbri, llome or any beaks; digli strl4l
menti, some or any instruments; ucchmi, some
or anJltsequins; degli wcelli, llome or any birds; delle
ciliege, some or aay cherries; tUlle crance, some or
aD1 oranges.
."
I
I
..
. ...
NOUN.
, ...
CHAPTER II.
,\
Of NotJ.flI.
,
..
ITALIAN Douns have but five terminations; viz. those
of the fi"e vowels, a, e, i, 9, U.
It is these t61minationJ, that show their gender"end
number.
Gender.
-.
Nouns ending in a are of the feminine gender; as,
cdsa, house; p6rta, door j &c.
Except:
1. The.proper names of meti ; as, ,
Enea, JEneas ; Andrea, Andrew i &l.c.
2. The nlltDes of professions exercised by men i as,
ar/iI/a, artizon i .ertba, scrivener i
leg/a, lawyer i poe/a, poet i &c.
3. Nonns of dignity; as,
. Papa, Pope i dooa, duke;
, monarca, monarch; gerarca, high-priest; Itc'.
4. Nouns J1erived from the Greek; as,
anathema; clima, cli!'late ;
.dramma, drama; enimma, elllgmaj
ididma, idiom; prUma, priam i &c.
6. Nouns formed of a verb and a nOl1n ; as,
pasciMe/ola, loggerhead; .antin!ill8a, hypocrite; &e.
6. ADd tbe following 'iPIHIS :
w!lt, sofo i .clpa, sot ;.
rcudma, discourse j caltapa, bemp;
,rilich are all of the gender..
...
ateilta, atbeiRt i
Gia_nUla, Jansennt ; &ic.
regiclda; regicide;'
fratiddf1., fratricide; .:
an/agonilla, antagonist i &l.c. "
".
. 'The names of sectarians; as,
..I deftla, deist i
Call1iautD,. Calvipillt i
and the foJlowi.ng, .
deic/4p,' delcide;'
plllJ'icida, ...pt.rricide;
. ' l1lyalist '-..
are. okbe COmlDeD gender.
The words lema, tfar1' cope, ;
theme, and pittnela, planet, are masculine." .
..,\'
..
I
but lemll,
Nouns ending in i are feminine; as,-
ensi, crisis j tesi, thesis; &c.
..
56
A.NALOGY.
..
,..
noon;
Tuesday;
Thwwday;
alkali
toast;
eclipse;
ambs-ac e;
delay;
..
EllCept:
1. Tbe proper names of men; as,
Luigi, Louis; Giovtinrti, John; &tc.
2. Nouns of dignity; as,
,1Iu/H, mufti; ban, bailif, pari, peer;
3. Words formed of a verb and a noun in tbe plural; as,
guardaporfcini, porter; C/lvadenti, tooth-drawer;
gra,Dia.anfi, hypocrite; .., leeeapiQlfi, glutton; &C.
4. The word d\, day, and its componnds; as,
bllondt, good-morrow ; me
Lu"edi, Monday; .IIIartl:dt,
Merco{ed\, Wednesday; Giovedi,
Venerd\, Friday.
6. And tbe following,
appigiOnan, (notice of a house alcali,
barbagilinni, owl; [to let); brindin,
san"i, merry-andrew; eeelun,
dien, diesis [in music] ; amM.n,
crel1lu\, crimson; .0praUieni,
which are all of tbe masculine gender.
The nouns pari, equal; Genen, Genesis; are of both genders.
Nouns ending in u are feminine j as,
tribu, tribe; gru, crane; &c
Ellcept:
1. Proper namel of men; as,
E,au, Esau ; Ferrau, Ferragu!; &c.
IZ. And the following nouns,
Gem, J"SllS; Bellrebu,.. Beelzebub;
8Oprapp;u, oV'erplus;
which are masculine. '
ending in .are 'Of ihe mllsculibe gender j
.. . If6mo, lDan ; ca'ldllo,. &S:.
EllCet>t: .. . . ,
Proper names of as, I
86ffo, . Sappbo; E'rat!h El'tlto; <
Jltropo, Atropos; Jlteltr, Alectg j. &tc.
I. And tbe words, . .
. mano, hand; lItho;
which are femin,ine.
..,
..
..
"f
..
hope;
c611e, m. hill;
'riepe, f. bedge; &c.
(
,.
I
..
NOUN.,
Nouns ending in e are some- of them masculine, and
some femi.oine. as,
carme, m. -poem;
neve, f. snow;
Tbose ending in me are masculine; as,
rame, . copper; ceTt ime, combat;
jiume, river; co.stume, custom; &c
Except.
j(JtM, bunger; .eIRe,
wbich are feminiDe.
Those ending in re are mascuiine; as,
,colare, scholar; ostiere,
alar.e, aDdiron; qUllrliUe, quarter; &c.
..
Except:
" febbre, fever;
pettler'lI, dUIt ;
,,*re, batubet ;
wbich are femiDloe.
dn'e, air;
cenue, he. ;
are oC the common gender.
mddre,
f6n'"
mother;
tower;
-prI.on ;
llue;
Those ending ill ore are masculine; as,
jiore, flower; ellore, heart;
pud6re, modesty; splend6re, splendor; &e.
Folgore, thunderholt; arbore, tree'; are oC!he common gender.
A
Tliose ending in nte are masculine; as,
. dlmte, tooth; monte, hill ;
pOlite, bridge; 'gigame, giant; &c.
mente,
}deept:
gente, . people;
.. pater;le, .- patent;
lOllree;
.& which are feminine. ."
Fante, lervant; Iront., f,prehead;
.re of the coulmon gll'Dder.
mirftJ;
current;
fdnte,
.'
" ..
fountln;
58 ANALOGY.
Those ending in 6ne are feminine; as,
eanz6ne, song; . ragi6ne, reason;
eonfessi6ne, confession; tribulation; &c. .....
Except:
... blUtdne, stick; matt6ne, brick;
parag6ne, comparison; guiderddm, reward; and a few others;
which are masculine.
A
rope;
beam;
f6tae,
tr
a
l1e,
The nouns,
fine, end;
serpe, snake ;
gregge, flock;
are of the common gender
, The DOUns 6ste, 6rdine, when they mean host, all
innkeeper; and orde", a command, are masculine: but
wben they mean bost, an army; and order, arrangement,
or a religious order, they are of the common gender.
Margine. wben it means scar, is feminine; but when it
means extremity, is of the common gender.
Tbe noun dimane, when it means to-morrow, is mas-
culine; and wben it signifies the beginning of the day,
is feminine.
As to other nouns ending in e, no rules can be given,
which are not subject to so many exceptions as to ren-
der them useless to learners.
....
myrtle-tree ;
lemon-tree;
Names of countries and cities ending in tI, e, are femi-
. ,
ome.; as, '
Francia, France ; Florence; &c.
Names of countries ending in ." are masculine; as,
PerU, Peru; &c.
Names of caties ending in i, 0, are of the common
gender; as,
Napoli, Naples; MildllO, Milan; &c.
Names of trees are masculine; as,
6lmo, elm-tree; mfrto,
n6ce, walnut-tree-;
-<t'
NOUN.
Eacept:
quercuz, ;
"Ite, vIDe;
whic:h are feminine.
elu, holm-tree
g1J1btra, broom;
Names, of fruits are as,
pera, pear; mela,
ard7lCia, orange; ciriegia,
apple;
cherry; &c.
Escept:
pdmo, apple; fico,
plno, pine; cedro,
dat/,ro, date; lim6n"
pi6ltJcchio, . piltache nut;
which are masculine.
Ii$: ;
cItron;
lemon;
...
The names of the vowels a, e, of the consonRnts f,'
" m, n, ", s, z, and of h, are feminine.
The names of the vowels i, 0, u, and j, of the con-
sonants b, c, d, g, p, q, t, v, are masculine. '
Number.
ending in a form their plural by
as,
Nouns feminine
changing a into e ;
mensa, table;
chi6ma, head of hair;
mense, tables;
chi6me, heads of hair; &c.
poems;
climales; &C.
poemi,
c"mi,
poem;
climate;
Nouns masculine ending in (I, form their plural by changing a
into i; as,
poema,
clima,
Nouns ending in e, 0, whether feminine or mascn
line, form their plural tby changing e, 0, into i; as,
madre, mother; madri, mothers;
mano, f. hand; mani, hands;
flume, m. river; jil/mi, rivers;
cappello, m. hat; cappelli, hats; _&c.
The nOlln mOgUe, wife, forms its plllral by suppressing" tbe
it i and ..ging tbe 8 into i; or what is the SlIme, by sllppressing
the,; m6g1i, wives. And tbe nOllns Dio, Gou; u'6mo, man; Me,
'Oll ; mille, thollsand ; in the plllral make Dei, Gods; u6mini, men;
bu6i, /hen; mUa, thoulands.
..
ANALOGY.
Nouns ending in i, N, de not change their termina-
tion in the plural; as,
eel,ssi, eclipse; lfssi, eclipses;
htasi, extacy ; estasi, extacies ;
grU, craDe; grV, eraaes;
INu, tribe; trilm, tribes; &c.
Nounll &ndiog in ie, do not change their termination
in the plural; as,
sort tror'ts ;
or 'Pu.u, S ' or sp6ZJe, S
ref/trie, requiem; req_e, requiems;
superficie, surface; superj'kie, surfaces;
barbeirie, barbarity; barbcirie, barbarities;
eJligie, effigy; eMe, effigies ;
serie, series; sene, series.
Nouns in which a syllable has been suppressed,
and likewise nouns accented on the last sJllable, do
not change their termination ; as,
king ; kirgs ; .
pie, foot; pie, feet;
cittd, city; cirta, cities;
reward; merce, rewards; &e. .
but when they are pronounced or written emire, iliat
is, without the suppression M any syllable; as, rege,
piede, cittcide, -mercfde, &c. they change their termina-
.tion, and make in the plural regi, piedi, I:ittddi, mer-
tsedi, &c. according to the general rule.
. Nouns ending in ca, ga, in order to preserve in
the plural before the vowels e, i,"the same sound which
c, g, have in the singular before the vowel a, take an
11, in the plural, after the consonants 1:, g; as
monaco, nun; m6nac1ae, nuns;
verga, rod; verghe, rods;
gerarca, high-priest; gerarchi, high-priests; &c.
Nouns of two syllables ending in 1:0, go, alsf lake
an 11 in the plural after c, g; as,
gi'Koco, ,port; giu4chi, sports;
iuogo, place; luoghi, places; &c.
NOUN.
61
Escept:
which in the
Greci,
Greek; porco, hog; mago,
plural make
Greeks; pOrci, hogs; magi,
wise mIlD;
wise men.
physicians;
theologians; &c.
medici,
teologi,
, Nouns in co, go, of more than two syllables, if pre-
ceded by a consonant, take an 11 in the plural j ai,
manisclcao, farrier; maniscalchi, farriers;
"albergo, inn; alberglai, inns; &c.
And jf thuy are preceded by a vowel they . are writ-
ten without h; as,
medico, physician;
te61ogo, theologian ;,
Except the following, which in the plural take an h;
bucafico, becca(ichi,
trriffico, tradin!!: ; trriJfichi, tradings ;
stomach; ,tJrnachi, stomachs;
ftirmaco, medicine j ftirmlUlti, medicine. ;
f6ndaco, warehouse; f6ndachi, warehouse. ;
ptirroco, parsou ; ptirrochi, . parsons;
pedagogo, pedagogue; pedagJghi, ;
mOnOlago, monologue; mon6lo/{hi, monologue.;
gastigo, punishment; galt/ghi, punishments;
catcUogo, catalogue; cattiloghi, catalogues;
impiego, employment i. employments ;
intrigo, intriguf' ; intrighi, intrigues;
cibbiigo, obligation; obblighi, ohligations;
pruago, divinpr; prestighi, dh-inerl j
oriprego, el.pedient; ripieghi, el.pedients.
I
beggars;
savages;
dialogues;
diphthongs;
6
{
{
dialogue; {
diphthong ; {
..
salvatico, savage;
mendko, beggar;
diU6ngo,
Several other nouns in co, go, are indifferently writ-
ten with or without the h; as,
mendl.c11i,
or mendici,
salvAichi,
or salvatici,
dialoghi,
or dialogi,
ditt6nghi,
or ditt6ngi,
rivulet; Mi, rivulets j
desire; desli, desires; &c.
ending in aio, 6io, form their plural ill ai, 6i ;
ANALOGY.
Nouns ending in cia, gia, in one syllable, foriD
their plural by changing a into e, and suppresssing
the i; as,
lancia, lance j lana, lances ;
jrQ,ngia, fringe j frange, fringes;
jreuM, arrow ;, frecce, arrows;
pidggia, 8trand ; pisgge, strands; &c.
But if ei_, gia, make two distinct syllables, the i is
never suppresaed ; as,
jlJ1'7fUM;ia, pharmacy; farmaef.e, pharmacies;
. ekglia, elegy; elegie, elegies; &c.
Nouns ending in cio, gio, in one syllable, form their
plural by chaDging into i, and suppressing -the i that
they have in the singular, or what is the same, sup-
pressing only the 0; as,
Meio, kiss; Mci, kisses;
fregia, honour; fregi, honours;
staccUl, sieve"'; stciui, sieves;
raggio, ray; raggi, rays j &c.
Nouns ending claio, glaio, glio, ,also, form their plu-
ral by suppressing the 0; as,
6ccJ&io, eye; 6cclai, eyes;
mugglaio, bellowing; mugghi, bellowings ; .
sc6g1io, rock; scagli, rocks; &c.
All other nouns ending in io, if io is unaccented, and
makes but a single syllable, form their plural by changing
io into j; as,
studio, study; stutY, studies;
1Ieneflzio, benefit ; e n i f ~ benefits; &c.
But if io is ar.cented, and makes two distinct syllables,
tbe plural is formed by changing the of io into
i; as,
rio,
desio,
Nouns
as,
libraio, bookseller; librai, booksellers;
jilat6io, spinning-wheel; filat6i, spinning-wheels j &c.
NOUN.
cars ;
heels;
bowels;
castles;
arms;
brains;
riDgi i
circles;
heel;
brain;
caStle;
car;
circle;
arm;
bowel; .
castello,
cervello,
cerchio,
carro,
calcagno,
braccio,
There are some feminine nouns which have two
terminations in the singular, and two in the plural; as,
ala, 1 ale, 1.
or ale, 5wmg, or ali, 5Wtngs ;
arma, 4.rme,
L weapon, ,. weapons;
or arme, or arm.,
d6te. 1d d6ti, 1d .
or dota, 5 owry, or d6te, 5 ownes;
"este, "esti, &.
, t garment; , t garments; we.
or ves a, or "es e,
Some masculine nouns have two terminations in die
singular, and but one in the plural; as,
cClfJClliere, jk . h _J' k . h
J' nlg t, c""",,c::n, mg ts;
or CClfJaero,
destriere, h "16 ..7_ .,. h
or destriero, 0." _stnen, ones i
Ithought, pens;eri, thoughts;
or penszero,
KOldre. hi'" . h I ,,-
u. SC Q lU", leo...n, sc: 0 ars ;
or SCOlaro,
Others have a single termination in the sinpl8l' and
two in the plurat; -as the (ollowing, which in the plural
end in i, aDd more elegantly in a ;
wllo ring; anelli,
, or anUla,
bracci,
or braccia,
lnulelli,
or budella,
calcdgni,
or calcc1.gna,
carri,
or carra,
5 castelli,
l or castella,
l
or
cervelli,
or cervella,
ANALOGY.
armpit;
finger;
dlEmon;
hide;
harD;
,{glio,
60ltello,
suoio,
dem6nio,
ditello,
dUo,
86mo,
6amanda-
mento,
eyebrow; S cIgli, "2 eyebrows;
lor dglia, 5
knife ; cottelli, k .
..
( to., 5
or horns;
cu6i, IhOd '
/0 les;
or cuola,
dem6nj,
or dem6nia, dremons ;
ditello, .
or ditella, armpits;
dUi, ,
dft
fingers ;
or a,
fUi,
filo, thread; fil threads;
or t a,
fOfldamento, foundation; l' foundations;
or J tnlUamen a, S
fi
' frammenti I
rammento, fragment; fi ' t ' fragments ;
or rammen a,
.1 spindle ., J fusi, "2. dl
J I so, or fusa, SSpJD es;
. 6 2. knee ., gin6cchi, k
Iftn CCnIO, 6 2.. nees ;
or {J1n cCflla,
grdo, cry; . or Icries;
.mJ.scio, shell S shells
b- 'lor guSCla, '
labb r t ldbbri, r
ro, Ip ; or ldhbra, IpS;
the sheet of lenzu6li, "2 the sheets of
lenzu61o, a bed; or lenzu61a, S a bed;
letto, bed ; or Ibeds;
mulno,. mill . 5 mulfni, mills'
, or muUna, '
NOUN. 65
muro,
wall;
I ...uri,
twalll;
or .ura,
oreu1&io, ear ;
{ orncIH,
lean;
01'
]H"tlto,
Un;
peccciti,
.in. ;
orpecc4.ttJ,
p6m0,
apple;
p6nti,
app1. ;
or jI6truJ,
pfIpo,
fi.t;
pWp,
tiIaI ;
or J1f.'gu, .
lID,
arre., ;
&ITO". ;
or qucdrHla,
r4bbj,
(a kind o(
meaare
or r4bbia,
(01' corn) ;
sacea, bag;
t
}bap;
or IGCCIJ,
stndo, shriek;
{ Jtndi,
} shrieks;
or ,trida,
tiM, vat;
tl.,
Ivall;
or tina,
fJutigio, footstep;
{ fJest{gi,
. } footttep. ;
or ve.tigia,
ve,timerato, garment;
{
} ;
or
(jrlo, bowl;
{ 6.rli,
} howls.
or fAria,
Collello, eomll7ld4llll!nlo, demdnio, UtllJ, ..ulino, ,4fte,
are more commonly Died with the termination in i.
When these nouns take the termination in a in the
plural, they become feminine, and receive the article k
before them.
The following have only the termination in 1I.i1l
the plural, and become feminine like the precedwll',
centinaio, hundred; centinaia, hundreds;
migli6.io, thousand; migli6.ia, thousands;
miglio, mile; mf{(lia, miles;
m6ggio, .oggia, (a .0rt of lIHlasure of
corn or 41fJani) ;
.....
66
ANALOGY.
.paio, pair; p6.ia, pairs;
stail', bushel; ,'dia, bushels;
116vo, egg; 116va, eggs.
Rlso, laughter, membro, limb, or member of the hu-
man body, form their plural in i and a: nsi, rfsa,
laughter; membri, membra, limbs: but nso, rice, mem-
bra, member of a corporation or political body, form
their plural in i only; risi, rice; membri, members.
Gesto, exploit; frw.tto, the fruit of a tree; ligno,
fire-wood; form their plural in i and a; gesti, gesta,
exploits; frutti, .frIttta, fruits; legni, legna, wood: but
gesto, gesture; frUtto, production of the earth, in-
come; legno, the hard substance of a tree, form their
plural ini only; gesti, gestures; frutti, produce; legni,
billets of wood.
Ossa, bone, has a treble termination in the plural,
making ossi, usse, and ussa, bones.
knives;
ears ;
footsteps;
exploits;
fruits;
wood.
col/clle,
DTecchu,
'I1e&ligi.e,
gble,
Iridic,
legne,
knife;
ear;
footstep;
exploit;
fruit;
wood;
The nouns col/clio, orccchio, tJelligio, gello, frldlo, and lCgflo,.
also haVl" a third termination in e in the plural; but this comes
rather from the feminine termination in Q which also they have
in the singular; as,
colt,;lla,
orCcchia,
grala,
frUlla,
tegna,
Finally there are in Italian, as well as in aU other
languages, some nouns which have only the singular
number; as, prole, generation; progenie, progeny;
race; mline, moming; miele, honey; &c. and
others which have only the plurRI; as, lari, house-
hold gods; onnali, annals; calz6ni, breeches; vanni,
win.,.s; fJrbici, scissars; nOzze, nuptials; esequie, exe-
qui:s; reni, the reins; maIZe or molli, tongs; spezie or
spe7;j, spices; &c.
Case.
The several relations of the Italian nouns are ex
pressed, 110t by change of termination, but by the pre-
NOUN.
67
positions, di, of, for the genitive 01' relation of pOSlession;
a, to, for the dative or relation of attribution; and da,
from or by, for the ablative or relation of derivation,
The su1QectifJe and o1QectilJe are distingui.hed by the
place they occupy in the sentence.
Proper DOURS are genllrally declined or lJaried with
the prepositions only; common nouns with the preposi-
tioDS and articles.
Variation Of Proper Nouns,
Subjective,
{
Possession,
Relation of Attribution,
Derivation,
Objective,
Cresar;
of Calsar ;
to Calsar ;
from ur by Cresar;
Cresar.
Variation of a masculine proper noun beginniDf wirh
a consonant.
Cesare,
di Cesare,
a Cesare,
du Cesare,
Cesare,
Variation of a masculine proper noun begiimiug with
a vowel.
Subjective,
,
Relation of Att'b t'
rl u IOn,
Derivation,
Objective,
Antonio, Anthony;
S di Antonio, of Antho-
or d' [ny;
S a Antonio, to Antho-
U or ad [ny;
du Ant6nio,. from or by
[Anthony;
Antonio, Anthony.
Variation of a feminine proper Doun beginning with a
consonant,
Subjective, Roma,
{
Possession, Iii R';ma,
Relation of Attribution, aRoma,
Derivation, da R6ma,
Objective, Ruma,
Orthography, p.40.
Rome;
of Rame ;
to Rome;
from or by Rome;
Rome.
t Ibid. p. 46.
63
,
ANALOGY.
Italy;
of Italy;
to Italy;
from or by
[Italy;
Italy. Iteilia,
Objective,
I
Variatwn of a feminine proper Doun beginoing with
a vowel.
Subjective, ltalla,
{
Possession, or ; ltalia,
of Attribution, ior :, ItGlia,
Derivation, da lteilia,
the Gods;
of the Gods;
to the Gods;
from or by the
[Gods;
the Gods.
God;
of God ;
to God;
from or by God ;
God.
gli Dei, Objective,
, Variation of the proper noun Dfo, God.
Singular.
Dfo,
di Dfo,
a [)(o,
daDfo,
Dio,
Plural.
Subjective, gli Dei,
Possession,
Relation of Attribution,
, Derivation,
'Objective,
Variation oj Common Nouns.
Subjective,
Possession,
Relation of Attribution,
Derivation,
Variation of a
Objective,
Subjective,
masculine common
with a consonant.
Singular.
illbro,.
del Ubro,
allbro,
daltfbf'o,
illfbro,
Plural.
l or lfbri,
noun beginning
the book;
of the book;
to the book;
from or by the
[book;
the book.
, NOUN.
69
I
dell;
I
Possession, dei libri, of the books;
or de'
aLli
Relation of
Attribution,. ai libn, to the books ;
or a'
MI.
Derivation, dtii libn, from or by the
orda' [books;
Objective,
Ii rho
the books.
or i t n,
the spur;
of the spur;
to the spur;
from or by the
[spuq
the spur. .
noun beginnin&,
the spurs;
of the spurs ;
to the spurs;
from or by thtt
[spurs ;
gli sIJr6ni, the spurs.
masculine common
with impure s.
Singular.
10 'pr6ne,
dello spr6ne,
6110 spr6ne,
00110 sprone,
Objective,
Variation of a
10 spr6ne,
Plural.
Subject,ive, gli spr6ni,
Possession, degli spr6ni,
Relation of Attribution, dgli spr6ni,
Derivation, ddgli spr671i,
Subjective,
Possession,
Relation of Attribution,
Derivation,
Objective,
Objective,
Subjective,
{
Possession,
Relation of Attribution,
Derivation, I
I
Variation of a masculine common noun beginning with z:
Singular.
10 zitcc1&ero, the sugar;
dello zucc1&ero, of the sugar;
dllo zucc1&ero, to the sugar;
mUlo zut;ckero, from or by the
[sugar;
10 zUcckero, the sugar.
70
ANALOGY.
Plural.
gli 1itccheri, the sugars ';
rUgli zuccheri, of the sugars;
dgli zuccheri, to the sugars;
dagii %'Ucc1aeri, from or by the
[sugars;
gli zUccheri, the sugars.
Possession,
Relation of Attribution,
Derivation,
Objective,
the loves I.
of the loves;
to the loves;
from or by the
[loves;
the loves. gli am6ri, Objective,
Variation of a masculine common noun beginning with
a vowel.
SinJ{ular.
Subjective, Ior am6re, the love;
P
, j dUlOl b I
{
osseSSlOn, or dell' am6re, of t e ove;
of Attribution, or am6re, to the lave I
D
t' } ddllo l 6 fi . b
erlTa lon, Z0 dall' mn re, rom or y
S r l [the love;
Objective, or am6re, the love.
Plural.
Subjective, gli am6ri,
Possession,
Relation of Attribution,
Derivation,
Objective,
the souls;
of the souls i
to the souls;
from or by the
souls; .
the souls. le anime,
I' anima,
Plural.
le ani"'t,
delle anime,
. iUle tinime,
dalle anime,
Objective,
Variation of a feminine common noun, beginning with a.
Singular.
Subjective, I' anima, the soul ;
{
Possessio., ddl' anima, of the loul;
Relation of Attribution, all' anima, to the soul;
Derivation, dall' anima, from or by the
[soul;
the soul.
Subjective,
{
Possession,
Relation of Attribution,
Derivation,
Objective,
7
ANALOGY.
,.ariation of Common Nouns tsken in an sense.
Variation of a masculine commOD noun, beginniBJ
with a vowel.
Singular.
Subjective, un amico, a friend;
. Possession, or lamico, ofa friend;
Relation .f A 'b' { a un ... . d
ttrl utlOD, or adUfl Sam.co, to a Irlen ;
Derivation, ds.. tJlIdco, (rom"., by
[a friend;
Objecti..., .,,, tmrieo, a friend.
Plural.
Subjec:tiYe) aleani amici, some
[friends;
fP
. dialealli} ,. f
OSIleSSIOn, or d' alJC1, o. some
{
l U . } [fnends ;
Relatio. on Attribution, C:Z:!". amici, to some
. I or cuna [friends;
l Derivation, da amici, from or
by some friends;
Objective, alcUm amici, some
[friends.
Plural.
alcuni cappelli, some hat. ;
Subjective,
Objective,
Variation of a masculine common noun, beginning
with a consonant.
Singular.
SlIbjective, 1111 cappello, a hat;
or } cappello, of a hat i
Relation of Attribution, { or:a:. } cappello, to a hat;
Derivation, da .. from or
[byahat;
am cappello, a hat.
ROUlf.
P . { f
a aIeVru [oRnges ;
Relation of Attribution, orwlakMe ardftce,tosome
[oRngel;
Derivation, tla tJlcU1Ie ardAu, from or
[by lome oRnps;
Objective, cakUae arOJIU{":;::
i
NOUN.
.77
Adjectives ending in co, g", ca, ga, cio, cia, gio, ckio,
gkioandio,in the singular, follow, in their plural, the rules
alreadyiiven for the formation ofthe plural ofnoun8.
-
Of Comparatives and Superlative,.
C07IIparatives of Superiority, Inferiority, and Equality.
Comparatives of superiority are generally formed by
prefixing the adverb piu, more, to the adjective; u,
L 79
;
I8OI1l iKJnest ;
pruc1enL
London is larger than Con-
stantinople;
.be isle.. cheerful than you;
more or less handsome thaD
that.
omicciu61o,
man; omircititto, despicable
or omiccirittolo,
To express kindness or tenderness, we use the
minations erello for the masculine, and for
feminine; as,
p,I.ZZO, fool; paz'terello,
vecchia, old woman; vccchierUla,
gente,
poeta,
To compassion, we
{no, etto, ello, "ccio, ilzzo, and
culine, and ina, etta, ella, uccia,
the feminine; as,
p6vero, poor man; poverino, poor little man;
gi6vana, young woman; giovanetta, poor 'young woman;
misera, unhappy wo- miserella, poor little unhap-
[man; [py woman;
clisa, house; casuccia, miserable house;
fanciullo, child; fanciulbtzzo, poor little child;
membro, member; membricciu61o, poor little mem-
. [ber.
To express contempt and indignation, we use the ter-
minations etto, ello, uccio, uzzo, icciu61o, icciatto or icciat-
tolo, for the m81lculine, etta, ella, uccia, uzza, icciu6la,
iccititta or iccilittola, for the feminine; as,
dOnna, woman; donnetta, despicable little woman;
paese, cOWltry; paesello, petty country, of no im-
[portance i
membrolmo, little member;
biancolina, whitish;
raggiu6lo, little ray;
bestiu61a, small beast; &c.
an irregular termination; such are
,
]
,
I
i
AUGMENTATlVI:B DB DIMINUTIVES. 85
Tbese are the termioatiou. most generally usee to
form the different ,kinds of diminutiyes. Many of
them are used prooHacuously to expr8111 compassion,
indignatioD, &e. I and some vary tjleir signification ac-
cordiog to theW di1fere8t CODlIUi08S ;
fanciumno, pretty little child; pOf1erino, poor little
[man;
casUccia, miserable house; gmtUccia, low pea-
[pie;
tilI.tta, dfospicable little woman ; amdbik doJa.
lovely little woman;
despicable puny fellow; 6tt6n omiccill6lt1,
[poor good little man.
There are a few other terminations which are some-
times ako used to express either smallness and pret-
tiness, or and compassion, as, dno or idno,
and cello or icell9, for the maseuline ; and dna or icina,
and cella or idllo., (or the feminine;
llime, light; - lumicmo, small light i
song; eonzemeina, little song;
porzi6ne, portion; porzioncHla, small portion;
el.mpo, field; campicello, little field; &c.
The terllilioe.tiQIII lID, _110, and eUuJ, cella, e.re used -witla
nouns, the final 'Vowel of whiob i. preceded by "; and icino,
icello, and icinlJ, icellll, with nO!lns, the final vowel DC which is
preceded b,Y any other conlonant.
Some noons to form their diminutives, take the termin-
ations lhlO, Uno; and some, the terminations u61o, u61.a;
as,
membro, member j
bianca, white;
raggio, ;ray;
bestia, beast ;
Some others take
the following:
8
dbbrucidto,burnt;
fl6tola, little note;
, paglit1cold, Ii ttle straw;
corpuscolo, small body;
cagnu6lo, little dog;
{
casfpola/a' Ismall poor house;
or casU"po , .
{
libncolo,
or libercolo, small poor book;
5 baci6zzo, cordial smacking
t baci6cc1&ib, soft kiss; [kilS ;
dottoriccmo, little young doctor;
mulic6m:olo, quack, ignorant
, [physician.
pretazzu61o, ignorant and despi-
[cable priest;
trUtaraziu610, unhappy Joung
lman;
lupatto, young wolf;
cerbiatto, fawn;
orsatto, cub;
) lepratto, l
t or lepr6tto, 5leveret ;
1
abbruciatfccio, superficially
. [burnt;
abbruciacc1&iato, burnt here and
[there ;
} reddish ;
{ bitterish;
greenish;
red;
priest;
kiss;
doctor;
physician;
{
rossfuio,
or rossigno,
S anuzriccio,
'bitter; 2 amar6gnolo, .
green; Sor=s::,
2or verder6gnolo,
book;
.NALOGY.
unhappy
[man;
wolf;
stag;
bear;
hare;
note;
straw;
body;
dog;
house;
csmdro,
verde,
86
11611J,
paglia,
e/Jrpo.
CelM,
clisa,
lfbro,
Mcio,
dott6re,
medico,
prete,
tristo,
lUpo,
cervo,
6rso,
lepre,
We may join two different terminations in the forma-
tion of diminutives, and then we form a double diminu-
tive; the first termination expressing kindness or tender-
.ess, and the second, prettiness or flattery; as,
.. AUGMENTATIVES AND DIMINUTIVES.
87
eatti"a,
glutton; g1&iottmllo, little glutton; gTriotte-
[rellino, .. ' ;
miserable woman; tatti"ella, a wretched wo-
[man; tatti'Dellutda, sorry woman; &c.
...
In some double diminutives the second termination
serves to diminish the object still more, and in that case,
. it always conveys also the idea of prettiness; as,
libro, book; libritto, small book; librUtino,
[pretty little book;
rosa, thing ; little thing; tosettlna,
. [pretty little thing; &c.
Sometimes we make use of the diminutive termina-
tions to diminish the augmentatives; as,
lddro, robber j ladr6ne, highwayman; ladroru:ello,
[ ;
edlla, box; tass6ne, large box; tassontello,
[ , . &c.
And when we want to express contempt for the ob-
ject represented by the name already diminished, W8
augment this diminutive; as,
ddma, lady; damuzza, petty lady; damuuaceia,
[pretended lady;
room; stan':Utcia, small room;
[da, a dirty little room; &C.
Finally, such is the genius of the Italian language in
this respect, that we may even modify the verbs and ad-
verbs by one or more syllables added to them; thus from
{
to give many
baeidre, to kiss; we make baciucthidre, smallrt"is.es
one a. er an-
I other;
rubtJre, to rob; rubacchidre, to pilfer;
t
' , {tanterelldre,} h
CaD tire, to sIDg; t' h'J, to um;
or can tee t...re,
rn6riUre, to bite; . { to bite soft-
or morseg(flare, fly
I
one;
two;
three;
four;
five;
six;
seven;
eight;
nine;
ten;
88
ANALOGY.
p6co,
little;
{ poclafno,
}
'Very little;
or pocolino,
lJene, well ;
{
_'e7ino, pretty well;
ben6ne, Yery well; &c.
Of Numeral Adjectives.
Nume,.l adjectives are a certain elan of words
which are particularly used to qualify objee.. either
with regard to their number or their arrangelllent.
TheBe are commonly called numbers, and are divided
into 'wo kinds, ,be cardirtGl aua ortliraal.
Cardinal numben are those which detumlne a col-
lection of objects with regard to their number; such
are the following:
tiM,
dUe,
tn,
quattro,
clnque,
sei,
sett"
6tto,
n6ve,
diCct,
undiel,
d6dici,
tredici,
gufZtt6rdici,
qu4ndici,
tedici,
ditiasutte,
diti6tfo,
diriaraniSfJe,
.eati,
ele'Ven;
twelve;
thirteen;
fourteeD;
fifteen;
sixteen;
seventeen;
eighteen;
nineteen;
twenty;
"eat' _,.
}
twenty-one;
or "",,110,
"mtidilc,
twenty-two I &c.
"ent' 61to,
}
twenty-eight j &c.
or "",16t,.,
treat", thirty;
"""110,
thirtl-oue ; &c.
par"'''
forty; &c.
fifty; &c-
,IlSSanta, sixty; &C.
"-'a,
levellty; &c-
ottanta, eighty; &c..
IIOtIcilIta, aillety; &c.
eento, hundred;
_chato,
}
two hundred ;
or
truMto, three hundred ; &c.
",ilk, thousand;
ffJi1i01Ie, million.
89
Ordinal numbers determine objects in relation to
their arrangement; these are,
priJllO, first;
sllc6ndo, second;
tuzo, third;
quarto, fourth ;
tJ1Antll, fifth;
8
90
ANALOGY.
,uto, sixth ;
settimo, - seventh;
ottavo, eighth;
,wno, ninth;
rUcimo, tenth;
dtcirnopr{mo, eleventh;
dtcimosec6ndo, twelfth;
dtcimoterzo, thirteenth;
dtcimoqwirto, fourteenth;
dtcimoquinto, fifteenth;
dtcimosesto, sixteenth;
dtcimosettimo, seventeenth;
decim' otta"o,
eIghteenth;
er dtcimottavo,
lkcimon6no, nineteenth;
"mtesimo,
twentieth;
vmtesimoprfmo, twenty-first;
verttesim"sec6ndo, twenty-second; &c.
"entesimotta"o, twenty-eighth; &c.
Ireatesimo, thirtieth;
trentesirraopnmo, thirty-first; &c.
fortieth; &c.
cinquante&imo, fiftieth; &c.
sessantesimo, sixtieth; &c.
settantesimo, seventieth; &c.
oltantesimo, eightieth; &c.
nOl'antesimo, ninetieth; &c.
tJentesimo, hundredth ;-
tlugmtesimo, two hundredth;
91.
. treuntesi-.o,
ffliUbi.",
three hundredth; &e.
thousaadth ;
millionth.
Buidel the.. two kina of Dumben, dlere are dlree oth.,.
which are formed from the numerai adjectivel, but belong to the
Dounl; these are the collcui.c, diltributitll, and proportional _-
'w,.
Collective Dumben deDote a determiDate number of obJectI ;
. u,
a pair;
the number of live;
t ~ or half a lCore ;
doseD;
triple;
qUlDtupJe; &c
ITiplo,
.quintuplo,
paw,
einquiM,
tUcina,
dodiclM t
or dossina, S
..ntillO, a 1C0re, or twenty ;
lTentina, thiny, or a Icore and a balf;
centi,idio, a hundred;
rnigliliio, a thoulBnd.
Distributive Dumben..p..... the dilferent pull or a whole; a,
UIIO melG, ODe half; un terso, one third ;
un quarto, one .fourth; un quinto, one lIftb; &e.
Proportional DumbeR show the progrelslve increase of the
.umber of tbings; as.
tl6ppio, double ;
qudtlruplo, quadruple;
The cardinal numben, except UIIO, one; mflle, thou.
sand; mili6ne, million; are invariable.
U'IIO and its compounds "entulIO, twenty-one; trentUlIO,
thirty-one; &e. before, feminfne aouns, like other ad-
jectives, change into'a; lUI,
una ltbra, one pound;
"en,""a pera, twenty-one pears;
trentUna ltra, thirty-one livres; &c. '
MUle, in the plural, makes "ltZa; as,
due mUa, two thousand j
tre maa, three thousand; &c.
ADd mili6ne makes mili6J&i, millions.
The ordinal numbers, primo, first; sec6ndo, second;
terzo, third; &c. decimo, tenth; "entesimo, twentieth;
trentesimo, thirtieth; &c. before feminine nouns change
92
ANALOGY.
eleventh ;
twelfth;
thirteenth ;
(J into II: aad ill the plural change (J into i for the mas-
culine, and a iato e for the feminine; as,
la deeima lezi6ne, the tenth lesIOn;
i primi libri, the first books;
k teru n6te, the third l1ot81; &c.
And their compounds, cleeimoterzo, thirtieth; trentesi-
""'P"tno, thirty-first; untesill107l6no, hundred aod oiath ;
&c. change both the last vowel of the last, and the last
vowel of the first of the two component numbers; as,
la cleeimaterm.giontdta, tbe thirteenth day ;
la trmtesimaprima settimdRa, the thirty-first week;
la untesiman6na stanza, the one hundred and nintb
[stanza; &c.
The collective, distributive, and prqportiooal namben folIow
the rules of nQua..
The cardinal numbers "mtisei, 'Dl!1Itisette; and 7IOI1tm-
tDsei, 7UJI1antasette, are sometimes contracted into venza,
twenty-six; venzette, twenty-seven; and novanzei, nine-
ty-six; 7Wvanzette, ninety-seven.
The last syllable of eento, bundred; when it is fol-
lowed by quaranta, forty; einquc2nta, fifty; sessanta,
sixty; or settanta, seventy; may be suppressed; as in
unquaranta %ieeMni, one hundred aDd forty sequins;
cencinquanta u6mini, one hundred and fifty men;
el!1lsessanta fanti, one hunared and sixty foot-sol- ,
[diers ;
eensettanta etll1alieri, one bundred and seventy horse-
[men.
The ordinal numbers from tktimoprfnao to tkcimon6no,
are expressed likewise by
untUtimo,
duodeeimo, f-
or dDtUeimo, 5
tenodeeimo,
e]eyenth;
twelfth;
thirteenth;
fourteenth;
fifteenth;
sixteenth;
IIeYenteenth ;
eighteenth ;
aiJlett!8Ath ;
NUMERAL ADJECTIVES.
quartotUcilllO, fourteenth;
fifteenth;
,eItOtUcifltO, sixteenth;
,ettirllOdtcimo, ;
ottotUcimo, eighteenth.
JUneteenth.
The numbers from tkcimoprfmo to may also
be written,
dodice,imo,
qaatto,.dieeslfJID,
guindicesirno,
,edicesimo,
dUUu,ett6m..o,
diciotte,imo,
tltci..."UiIu,
eente .",
"entrlnea.o,
wntiduuu.u.,
vmtit,.esimo,
"entiscisimo,
",endsette,imo,
twentieth;
twe.ty-fil'lt ;
twenty-eecond.
twenty-third; &c.
twenty-sixth ;
twenty-seventh; &c.
"'fisimo, thirtieth;
thirty-fil'lt; &c.
And instead of "mte,imo, t,.eate,imo, &c. we may ule
.ngesimo, twentieth ;
triP..., thirtieth ;
guadrage,imo, fortieth ;
quinquage,imo, fiftieth ;
selSagUiMo, sixtieth ;
settutllfe,imo, seventieth ;
ottagesimo, eightieth;
ntmf1(fmmo, ninetieth.
94
MfALOGY.
CHAPTER IV.
Of Pronoum.
Personal Pronouns.
TRJl personal pronoulll are,
0, I;
tu, thou;.
egli, he;
ella, she;
esso, he or it ;
essa, she or it ;
5one's self, himself, henelf,
se, (. itself; themselves.
1'0 is for the first person, both' masculine and femin-
ine, and makes 1I6i, we, in the plural.
Tu is for the second person masculine and feminine,
and makes ,,6i, ye, you, in the plural.
Egli and esso are for tho third person masculine,
and in the plural make egli1lo, essi, they.
E'lla and essa are for the third person feminiDe, and
in the plural make ellmo, esse, they.
E'gli and ella are ulIld for animate beings: euo and lUG are
UIIld for beings both animate and inanimate. -
Se is used tet express a relation of identity with the
subject, and consequently has no subjective; it is for
the third person of both genders and of botb numbers.
8. may be applied both to animate and inanimate beings.
Personal pronouns are varied, like the nouna, "iththe
prepositioDs di, a, da.
I;
of me ;
to me;
from or by me;
me.
Variation of the pronoun w.
, Singular.
fo,
di me,
a me, mi,
dame,
me, mi,
Subjective,
Possession,
Relation of Attribution,
Derivation,
Objective,
PRONOUN.
95
Plural.
1I6i, we ;
di 116i, of us ;
a 1I6i, ci, till, to us;
da 7I6i, from or by UI;
n6i, ti, lie, us:
Subjective,
Possession,
Relation of Attribution,
Dl;lrivation,
Objective,
thou;
of thee;
to thee;
from or by thee,;
thee.
Variation of the pronoun tu.
Singular.
Subjective, til,
{
Possession, di te,
Relation of Attribution, ate, ti,
\ Derivation, da te,
Objectin, te, ti,
Plural.
Subjective, ,,6i,
Possession, di 'fJ6i,
Relation of Attribution, a v6i, vi,
Derivation, da ,,6i,
Objective, v6i, vi,
ye, yOU;
of you ;
to you;
from or by yoU' ;
you.
he;
Subjective,
Variation of the pronoun
el,
or e',
{
Possession, di lUi, of him;
Relation of Attribution, a lui, gli, Ii, to him;
Derivation, da lui, from or by him;
Objective, lui, il, 10, him.
Subjective,
Plural.
el,
or e',
they;
* See Orthography, p. 49.
96
AN.nDGT.
~
Possossion,
Relation of AttributioD,
Derivation,
Objective,
Ili 16ro, of them;
a 16ro, lOro, to them ;
Ga 16m, from or bythem;
lOrtl, gli, a, the...
Variation of the pronoun ella.
she;
of her;
to her;
from or by her;
her.
Subjective,
~
Possession,
Relation of Attribution,
Derivation,
Objective,
Singular.
Subjective, ella,
t
Possession, di lei,
Relation of Attribution, a lei, Ie,
Derivation, da lei,
Objective, lei, la,
Plural.
elleno, they;
tU 16ro, of them i
a 16ro, 16ro, to them;
da 16ro, from or by them;
16ro, Ie, them.
they;
of them ;
to them;
from or by them;
them.
Variation of the pronoun esso.
Singular.
Subjective, us,, lie or itJ
~
P
.. 1di ~ s s o ~ f h' ,
ossesslOn, d' ~ 0 1m or It;
or ~ s s o
Relation of Att 'b f a esso,2 t h' 't.
rl u lon, or.ad esso, S 0 1m or I ,
Derivation, da ~ s s o from or by kim
. [or it;
Objective, e"o, him or it.
Plural.
Subjective, ~ P , . ~ di ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
OSSe&llIOn, d'"
. or e'SI,
Relation of Att 'b f a fssi,
. . rl U lon, or adessi,
. Derivation, da essi,
Objective, elli,
97
I see him, it is btl;
certainly it il 1M; &c.
V_dOD of tile proDOUD .....
.
elia, .he Dr it i .
{
Possession, S Iof her Dr it 1
Rei
' f or c;ssa,
ation a I a essa
Attribution, ad ' to her or itJ
or t:ssa,
DerivNioq, da essa, from by ber
(or it;
essa, ber or it.
fluraL
Subjective, . esse, .hey ;
. P . I di esse, If h
{
OSSellllOD, ... ' a t em;
or u' esse,
R,:Jt,tioa flf A"ribution a esse, to them
,0 'oradesse, '
da file, fromor by th.m ;
them.
Variation of the pronoun se.
{
pOSBeUlon, di se, of one'. self,
, [self, herself, or itself; tbemselvea ;
Relation ef Attribution, a se, si, to one's self, him-
[self, herself, or itself; themselves;
Derivation, da se, from. or. by
[self, himself, herself, or itself; themselves;
Objective, se, si, one's self, himself,
[herself, or itself; themselves.
Instead of esso, essa, in the subjective only, the
words tUssa, and, in the plural, desse, are
more elegantly used; as,
If ,; deslD,
c:erto dUss,
9
con se, [se con]
ANALOGY:
To give emphuis or to express opposition, we oftell
add to the personal pronouns, the indefinite pronoun
steslo or medUimo, self, for the masculine; and stessa or
metUsima, for the feminine, and thus f.rm the compound
pronouns, ,
ill stesso, 6 i ,tessi, }
or fo medesimo, myself; or n6i medesimi, our-
. fo stessa, n6i stesse, [selves;
:: E th self. ::::; '}
tu stessa, y, ,,6. ,tesse, [selves,;
8r tu medesima, or ,,6i medesime, .
egli stesso, h' }
or egli medesimo, 1m " or eglinomedesimi, them-
ella stessa, herself. . !lleno [selves;
or ella medesima, ' or cUeno medes.me,
esso stesso, himself, essi nessi, }
or medesimo, or itself; or essi medesimi, them-
essa stessa, herself, or esse stesse, [selves;
.ressamedesima, itself; or esse medbime,
se stesso, himself, or, se slissi, }
or se metiesimo, itself; or se medesi mi them-
se stessa, herself, or ' ,se stesse, [selves
r Ie medesima, itself; or se medb.;ime,
When the pronouns me, me; te, thee; se, one's self,
&c. are preceded by the, preposition con, with; we of-
ten transpose the preposition, make an elision of the
n, and form of them a single word; as,
COli me, [me con] meeo, with me ;
con te, [te con] teeo, with thee ;
{
with himself, with herself,
seeo, with itself, with them-
selves; with bim, &c.
'We find in the classies nOICO, lind vd.eo, used for eon ROi, witla
us; eon 116i, with you; bnt these expressions hllve become
ebsolat.
1
r
PRONOUN.
Corpj_difl' PrOllOlllU.
Tbe co.junctive pronounl are,
""'
to me;
me'
me;
ti
{
a w thee;
[tel
thee;
gli,
}
[a lui] to him;
or Ii,
ii,
["'1
bim;
or 10,
Ie, a lei]
to her;
la, lei] her;
ci,
a ,,6a1 to UI;
or JIll,
us;
n,
{
a"
to you;
v6:L,
you;
l6ro. a ]
to them;
Ii,
[16m] them;
er Ii,
l6rO,
fa l6ro]
to them;
Ie, 16ro] them;
J
[a Ie]
Ito &;",..If, heneH; or
[itself, themselves;
si,
himself, herself, or
!
[se]
[itself, themaeivel ;
{
fdi lUal
of him ;
di le'l
of her;
nt,
[di
of it;
[di lorD of them.
Nt, of it, of them;' which generally is eluted with the con-
junctive pronouns, is more properly considered u a relative par-
ticle.
Mi, ti, ci or nt, vi, are of both genders, aDd CaD
only be applied to persons.
Gli or Ii, il or 10, gli or Ii, are masculine; Ie, la, Ie,
are feminine; ri, De, 16ro, are of both genders j and all
of them may be used for penons or things.
100 .A1'fALOGY.
\
When the pronouns mit til gi, ci, 'lli, si, are immedi-
ately followed by the pronouDlI J.. ,., gli; Ii, k, ne;
they are generally united and form a single word.
UniOJl of l'rf1lfOuns mi, ti, gli, ei, vi, ai, with the
.PNmOUtlS 10, la, gli, Ii, Ie, ne.
MI.
[mi
melo, him or it to me;
[mi la mela, her or it to me ;
fmi g1l1
megli, }
them to IDe ;
(tJIi Ie mUe,
[mine] mAne,
to mel of it, Of' to me of
[thelD.
TI.
[tilo] t6lo, bim Of' it to thee;
lal
tela, her or it to thee ;
ti gl'1
ti
t6li, them to thee ;
Ie
tSle,
Ii ne tene, to thee of it, Of' to thee of
[them.
[gli 10]
[gli la]
"2
Ii Ie
Ii ne
GU.
glielo, him Of' It to him or her;
gliela, her or it to him or her;
glWi, them to him or her;
gliete, S
to him of it or to him of
[them.
'1'0 her of it, tIr. to her of them, i. expreued by Ie fle.
el.
[ei 10]
[ei ta]
ld gl'1
die
ei 71e
dlo,
eUa,
}
eeli,
cUe,
cene,
him or it to us ;
her or it to us;
them to us;
to us of it, or to us of them.
PIlQl'WOB'.
101
VI.
r!
HIs,
IWD 0,. it to you;
vila fiela, her or it to you ;
tbem to you;
" I.,
fle/e,
Vell,l, to you of it, or to of
, them.
51.
[si 10] sew,
\ him ... it to h_lr, hene1f,
iSlelf, themselves;
[si la] sela,
her or it to hilDl81f, he..lf,
itself, th8Blselves ;
f.n gla1
segli,
them to himself, herself,
si Ii] seli,
itself, themselves;
[si Ill] aile,
to himself, herself, itself,
[si ne] Sellll,
cbeDilelves of it, tIf' to him-
self, herself, itself,
the..
.,
selves of them.
-
'.
Mew, gliUo, celo, "uo, seID, &c. before a verb
which does not begin with z or i.pare I, are sometimes
contracted into mel, tel, gliU, clll, vel, sel, &c. ; as,
tael promise, he promised it to me;
tel concede, he grants it to thee;
glUl celai, I concealed it from him;
pr_u, he pro.miaed it to us ;
'Vel dico, I tell it to you;
sen Mse, he laughed at it.
Before yems with a vowel they are writ
with an apostrophe; as,
mel' ill,nerd, he will send it to me ;
tel' i) detro, I told it to you;
sea' ando, he went oft".
When the pronoun 10 is preceded by the Deganve par-
ticle 11011, no, not, it i. more elegantly changed into ii,
aod joined with the particle in a single word, [rllIII il] 1101;
thus we say, IIDI fl6glio; nol nego, &c. instead of ..,. 10
,,68'io, I do Dot want it; non 10 nego, I do Dot deny it, &c.
9
102
ANALOGY.
Possessi"e Pronouns.
my or mine;
thy or thine;
his, her or hers, its ;
our or ours;
yeur or yours.
is of both genders and of both
The possessive pronouDI are
7
_, mia, my or mine;
tUo, tVa, thy or thine ;
sUo, sUa, his, her or hers, its ;
rWstro, rWstra, our or ours ;
,,6stro, "ostra, your or yours;
16ro, ' 16ro, their or theirs.
.Mo, lUo, sUo, n6stro, ,,6stro, are masculine; and ill
the plural make,
m ~ my or mine;
tu6i, thy or thine;
su6i, bis, her or hers, its ;
n6stri, our or ours ;
,,6stri, your or yours.
Mia, eva, sUa"rWslra, YJ6,tra, are feminine; and in the
,lural make,
"ie,
tUe,
sue,
n6stre,
,,6stre,
L6ro, their or theirs,
II umbers.
Possessive pronouns are generally varied with tbe
prepositions and articles.
Variation of a masculine possessive' pronoun.
my or mine;
of my or mine;
to my or mine;
from or by my or
[mine;
my or mine.
.
il mto,
Singular.
il ""0,
del mio,
almw,
dalmw,
Objective,
Subjective,
~
Possession,
Relation of Attribution,
Derivation,
Subjective,
PRONOUN.
Plural.
S Ii
lOS
my or mine;
{
tUlli
I
Poession, lUi fflia, of my or
or de' [mine;
. {dlli}
Relation of tAttribution, or fflia, to my or
.. [mine;
Derivation, f } miti, from or by
l or 00' [my or mine;
Objective, Ior f my or mine.
Variation of a feminine possessive pronoun.
Singular.
Subjective,
{
Posgesaion,
Relati. of Attribution,
Derivation,
Objective,
la n6stra,
della n6stra,
alia Mstra,
ddllt.l n6stra,
la ruSstra,
our or ours;
of our or ours ;
to our or our. i
from or by our
[or our.;
our or ours.
Plural.
Subjective,
{
Possession,
Relation of Attribution,
Derivation,
Objective,
le ruSstre, our or ours ;
delle n6stre, of our or ours i
dlle n6stre, to our or ours ;
ddlle n6stre, from or by our
[or ours;
Ie Mstrt, our or ours.
1M
Al.'ULOGY.
Variation of the pronoun 16ro, of the common gender..
Singular
....b , 5 il loro,? h . .L_._
.... l la loro, 5t elf fir unnn;
{
P
, {del loro,} f h' th'
osse8s10n, tUlia loro, 0 t elf or elrs;
Relation of Attribution, { :t:: }totheirortheirs;
D
' , {dal lora, fi b th ..
envatlon, d4.lltJ Uro rom or y . elf
, [or theirs ;
Ob
' . { il lora,} h ' h .
la 16ro, t elr or t elrS,
Demo1}stl'at'ive Pronouns.
The Italian has three kinds of demonstrati,,-e pro-
Douns:
The first points out an object oear the persoD who
speaks; as,
Subjective,
Relation of
Objective,
Plural.
S 16ro,
2 Ie loro, S
de/Ii , lora
PossellSlOn, or de' .'
16ro,
A
'b ' di 16ro,
ttrl utIDD, or a'
loro,
dcii 16ro,
Derivation, or 00'
daUe lora,
{
Ii}
ori IOro, }
Ie lora,
their or
[theirs ;
of their or
[theirs;
to their or
[theirs j
from or by
[their or
[theirs;
their or
[tbeirs
I
I
I
I
J
t:tHlUta { tbat woman
or 8t' thing Dear
, yoo.
186
quelk, thOle ;
they fIT tlrose wo-
[men.
object near the persoD who
PRONOUN.
The third points out an
is spoken to j as,
that man or
code,sto, thing ntlar
or cotesto, you;
and in the plural,
__.:I; t' those men M' t those women
liUUell I,. cuuc:s e, .
t
' t' thlDgs Dear t' t or thlDgs Dear
or co es _, or co es e,
you; you.
Questo, questa; or ftd/, q..ella; codelto or co-
testo, codestp. or cotesta, are generally used in speaking
both of peisons and things.
Cosrni, costei; colVi, colii, cannot be employed but
in speaking of persons,
To these may be added the proneun cia, this or that,
which is equivalent to questo, quUIo or quU, cotesto;
in the signification of questa or qudkl'C6sa; cotesttJ c6sa,
this or that thing; that thing near you j but it never
refers to a person.
this; yue'td, tlris;
costUi, he or this man ; costei, she or this ",0.... ;
and in the plural,
these; queste, these;
cost6ro, they or these men; coll6ro, they or these wo-
[men.
The second points out an object at a distance from
the person who speaks, as well as from the person who
is spoken to; as, .
tpl6llD t
or quel,' f that; quUla, that;
colUi, he or tbat man; coUi, ahe or that wo-
and in the plural, [man;
quelli,+
quei, those;
or que',
col6ro, they or those men; col6ro,
1
r
.. See Orthogr. p. 46, 47. t Ibid. p. 48, 49.
106
ANALOGY.
stanaattiJla, th' ,
t
' 11 momlDg ;
s amane,
stasera, this evening;
stan6tte, to-night, or last
[night.
Demonltrative pronounl are varied with the preposi-
tions only, . -
Questa before the nounl matti.a or meine, morning;
sera, evening; n6tte, night; often losel in the lingular
its first syllable, and forms with them a single word;
as,
Quello followed by a noun beginning with a vowel, it,
or impure I, in the plural makes quegli; as,
quegli u6mini. those men; .
quegli zaffri '" those sapphires;
guegli Itromlnti, those instruments.
We sometUnAtl llsequesti, and quei, in the sin-
and queglitw in the plural, speaking of persons, but
in the subjective only; and then is equivalent to
guest' u6mo, this man; tpdgli and quei to quell' u6mo, he
that or that man; and queglino to quegli u6mini, those
men.
E'llo, ella, for quelto, quliltG, this; and co'e,'ui, colutei, for co-
lello _, that man or the man near you; colella d6nJltJ, that wo-
man or the woman Dear you, have become obsolete.
Relati", Pronouns.
The Italian relative pronouns are quale, de, who or
which, that; chi, who, he or she that, they that.
The first two refer to persons or things, the last to
persons only,
Quale is of both genders, and in the plural makes
lJua1i, who or which, that.
PItONOUN.
107
CAe, eli are of both poden aod of both Dumben.
Quale is yaried with the prepositions aod articles;
the others, with the prepQsitioos only.
V of the pronoun pcUe.
Siogular.
Subjective, S il tpuik, l who or
. or la qudle, S[which, that;
I ." i.. I' , ... let him, het-,' odt hei: )11' .
.. .. ., .. ... ... -. ,:",'.7 ...
sialfU) .... ,;< , ;" .. let,; us. bl" . ,'.' . .' . ,.
, ". o,",.J .. ,.. ' ... .. .. . b- '. ':.. :. ... :., fl
o",ttl" " -.'. eye",' . "
sffUlO Or fun(,-, :.,; . :. let'them lie. t'.. , ' :.:.;).:..
, f' .,... 0' ,.' ....: ..... It : .....':," ' .........
_ ,: . '. .:. .
'" ': .. , M .. 'w '. 2 ,."... ...r: OIl
..t, .. ; :1['- 1;.< ...
,- ,I ... ... ":- , ", ." ". :.. ;.'
. sll1,,-. '.. /duit I be ;' or: may.b.e.,; ........ ; 4.;...
.," , '& -"
, ,sfi oqfll; .... ..,.. thqu,b!l ;'" e.. .;:'
, sfa; , : .".:tl1atJle,:.aM, {lr jt,tJe; &c, ":. ' ..
:l' . f' ." .....: .:... .. ,. ..... ..
_siamo; :', :,. '.: , that we ',;".,
iiau, . '\., I _, ; '&c. - r, ,f""f
.: .. 'sirJnb or sfenoj.. that.theJt. h;;; &c, '. '.\ .'"
:' ." _. 1
,:' ... .... .: - " .. p
.. r"" "'.*'" .. 10- "" . '.. /* ."
. l' .", .. .." .".;".: ...;. ,.. .. :.. ".: 7. ..
". f6ssi,. .... .' , .'. shilAlld be.....
f 65S;', ' :".- " .', . '
'flUe;_. _...... Itwqre; &e:,
.. "" '" ... ..- ... ' .... : . '" .'
'.
.... "
..
.'
..
..
".
.' VEllS.
123
f 6,siu}
f6sfe,
fOSlero,
..
.tfi '.t6.to, -fJ,
- -,fa "6.10, -fJ,
_ :, siIMao
, riau 't6ti, -fl,
',tdti, -fl,
" _ p- ' oI'6ssi ,t4to ;.i.r..
, .J' , ....
_ -I6sft .t6to,
, :'),'.c '
: : .' )1Jssima .l6ti; ..,'
..' . flste, stfJH;.:.e, '
f6,8ero ,tali, -e,
.' ,
,- "
".: ':.' ;..". ':.:4" ..
... . . ," . .. :"
." : -.- . ". .
. :' ' ..(
if we were; &C.
if you were; &c.
if they were; &c.
Perfut. ,
tbat I have been; or may
, . [have been;
tbat thou bast been; &C
that be, abe, or it haa been j
[&c.
we bave been; &c.
that you have been j &c.
that they bave been j &c.
Pluperfect. ..
if I had beep;
.. . if thou hadsJ beep,
, if he, she, or it had been;
.'.' if'm) had been ;. .
if you had been;
if they had beeD.,
-.
OfRegular 17erlJi. ",
" ,. '. - .
,,;j.; ..',:.. ."' ,.:' . ",if Aetive Verbs.
. - . . . . .
. . . .' - .. Aeti,ve" yerba in the cpmpound tenses a;e ..ried with'
:." tbo, IlJl:Jiliary verb p.vere, to have. .
. Fir;t C;njiigatioa.
. ..
,. .'
........
! .
V of the verfJ
of .he verbs in
, .. '. .
-. ,
.'
124
. ANALOGY:
I1'll'INlTivJ::
..are,
"
,to lore. . -
Past.
to have loved.
.' ..
pere ad amare, or
ellcre per fUllCire,
"
.,." I"
,to have 'to Of" "
to be about to loYe. ::
'.'
Present.
loving
," "
. ..... -1'"
\ , .
. ': " ...
, ,-
PAllTICIPLJ:.
. "
. ,
lQv,ed.
..
Pre,erat. t',
" ." -". ... ...... - _.J ,
_ ;, '. -
n'" ,.. \.. e . ... . "';.' ' ..
..-lJI'. .. ;,.. ....:.. '"..,
", ..'
.. . .' " "
.. ..
nonCATIVB. '
. "
,..:ato, t
, ,.,.ati, f
i" .
" 0"
"
...
;
.
" .
P..uent." ;
I lo.e;
love; ;". ;
, ' (loving;
.. ' tIulu loveit; &c: ' .
he, aile, or it loves; ,
we 10vl); &c.
<" you love.; &c.
they 10v6; &c._ , :'
"."'.' ..... .
"
.'
dnJ-i" .. " "
4m-a,
am-iA1IUI, '.
tmI-4.te,
... ' ..
..
.. . . ..
o. "
.." ."
;.
.. "
.
:
,
"
..
, .
...
, VERB.
125
; .. 'btIpufect.
I loved; '",. did love; ",. was
"4, , ' [loving;
. thou lovedst; &c.
QIIH1"a, he, sbe, or it l<wed ; &c.
t '.. Qm-aoamo, we 1Qved; &c.
' am-avtlte, you loved; &c.
.... ' they laved; &C.
',:, ' Perfect-defi.ni.te
.. ". : : czm.!.di, I loved; ",. did love;
,QIJto(iiti, ,thon lovedst; &Co
". ..... . aia-O;. l. he, abe, or it loved; &e.
. .........", . we Joved; &c=.
. , .:-' CDJIoCiste, loved i &C.
,',', am-arono or am-dr), they j , &c.
A .> amato,:
, ,'. Iii amelto;
" . , d am&to".
,::';'
/JIIiafo,
", ':.. : tJ1IJIito;,-
I. \
Ptr!ect-tudejinite.
I bave loved;
thou hast loved;
he, sbe, 07' ,it has loved
, '
w& bave loved;
you h!lvl' loved ;'
tbey loved,
"
"
"
"
.. "
,.... , ...."
.
."
.' J " Pluperfect-dejinite
.',::, .ebbiflDl4Co, , ' 1:had j ,
, ' , avuti 'amato, thou bads,' lovell ;
., 8Jlii. am4to, 'he, she, ",.'it, bad loved
......... . . '.. . we had ..
"0 ".,estnllRGfo, ';', you had loved;
J:I iblerd.to,. '. :: \ }iadJoved...
, '. . .": ! "
.'... :'" I, io;ed';
.,"a"e". a7ft-!i.U,' ..... , ,f!roit.badst loved I
,.df.e",! anKr0; , . ,: .. he,
..... t ." .. ' .. ... ". 11
41!' t. . .'"
,. t# .,..... ,'. .':
. .' .. -."
. ': -
t '.
o
,-. .
..
. -"
. -
.'
..,' ..:'
tnmla.,.. amjte, ,
aveiJdte Qmato,
avel1ano
CI'IIf-e1'O,.
" am-erai, 0
am-erd,
. tinHremo,
'
. .
we had' .loved ;" ..... _... . .
you had . 0
they had lo.ved. .
.l- . .'
.' .
I shall or will love ; 0
. thou shalt or wilt lovtl ; , - .
'we shall or will love ; , -
you sbalt" or-willloye ; .' \
they shall or williuve..
-'
'.
4vro am6.to,.
al1rai amelto,
, ,..ato,
CflTemo a".,1.to,
a"rite amato,
uranno amdltJ,
,
': .
I shalJ or will bave lo..ec.tt -: .
thou shalt orwih have lovftl";', '.' \
he, she, or It shall or will ".- ' .
[have l1Ved ;
we shall or 'will nave loved;: .
you shall or will have )o,..ENi ; , , .
the, shall tJ'I' "ill haore togetL. :
CONDITIOIJAL.
.'
... ..
.'. -
......
. , .
(am-eria),'
J ihouliJ" would; or' co'uld. :
[love;' or migb't love;" ," "
. theU' shoulds&" .or .:.'
.. " [c0!lldst &c.' t
he, shea or it should, WQuld; ,
, .' . ',[oJ" co,ul4 love f &c. " :. ,:-:.
" ""w".e'Mmo/ " ";e ;ou\d, "':''COUlcl'' ,.; 0 -
," : .,.. '.:. '.' .' .' .;' " [love; &c. f . '
. tlIIHrelti,.. ,.,' '; : ' '. ydu wC?l1}d, 'Or cOQld '
. '.' . .' . '.. , [lp.ve &t;.. .... l
o ir 0' )
, " 0 {lUIlPerieno), ... '. ,. ,,"'.. ,.(love I &!=" ", OJ,
#_:... .. /": '.:-', . .. ,": 4 "\'
" .'''''' " "," .. ' '. '. II
... '.' J
." . .,. .... -. . . .. .. " -
. . '. \ .. '... .. .. \
-.
,
..
,
. ..
.. ," ..
.'
..
illlr8i6e tJfItJ1to,' ,
.: ....,... . ", .- -,. ..., : . .. ...;.....
....'- "I.... ".". r ... :... ...-.. ..
," .. : . - ..... - t . .. # _ ;,. .. t.. :.
.v' ' ::':' -, .' . .. '. :', .
..,', . '" ,,- .' ':, '. ,': r!f .....
: .:' :. -..' ,: .. '..... "' -:. '. I. .-'- f
# .. Pa"...... I : : ..
"" {' I: Oro eould.;
' : '. . '. bate.Joved ; Of' might ...
' " ," .: I ' :- '{havidovod f' '
..in6to, -." thou shQDIdst, ,)iDulllst, 'or
.. '. have loved; &c.
_.. tW ii.shouI.d, "'ouId; "
. . [or l:ol1fq b,ve loved; &c..' :
. .. " . . ., , . , .
I .'Wluboutd... woldd, or coulc\' :,,:
.... '.. ." ... , ". IQvlld; &c., ,- .
, . .s!tdllJd,:wouJd, Or ..; ,
. '; , '{have loved t kc.. '
thei ,.;ould, (]JI coul4 : .
.' .,'. . -:. [have loved,; k . '
I" '.. . \.:. ....;. .:".. "
. . ... .. '. ,,'
".. #' '.
.. ihou.; .. : . .
.' lei her, tit' it ;.
ler ui love ';
'Iove.ye r '., .
'; .. .let :thexb.,love:, .,
:' .... \' '..:
'. ,
- "
. ... .
". iN'
. ,
6.m-i,
a-f4mo"
dtft-illo.. ,. .< .'
.. .. .
" .. ; _to,
..... (.: 4 .. .:' '.
.. . ... _.;. t." '.
. . . . '.'
.... ." ." .....
. ' '.
. . , '
,
-,
r
"
..
-
.
"
., .
.
' .
"., ....
. ..
, '.
" . .. .
',>
"
'.
.
.' .
. -:"
- "Pruettt.
, that I love; (if' maY,fo,"" ;
. that thou &c. :.
. _.. , . .that he, she, or U, loves; -&c:. ' , '.
- _that 'We '9ve ;' &c.' ..
that you &c.. ..
: . .'that love; .&c. :,
:. ",' .. .. ..' . .. .
',' 'Imp
er
fed,;' . :'; " ,
. if love;:" ..
. if1hou lete(Jst; . "
'. '-. -ifhe,'U1tl) or it 'lovec1; &t....
.' . '. ,.
"" , ...
.' ,
, I
.
...-; ,
-.
': .. ,-
",
- ' Ifm-i ..
, "m-i, . .
'.:. 4f.!M (1m-e)r
.
, '.' ariMdte,-
',- cim-iu,:
.... ..
. .:-,.. '"
..... ' ..
".
. : am-Gss.i"
. '"""asli;
. , : . sm-6.sse;
..... .
, .
, .
...
. '. ::,4- 0 -;..." '""'
M:,,", _ ... ............ : .. fl"' ..
.. f'" : a " '".' :... ..,.... .': .....'" '
...... .- ",0' ..... ll"', I .:.l=.. ":... .
", to to ,: .. , .'. .. """, ... '. ,,',,:; ..
' 12& .:- "... ....... ,,' .,ANALOG;!'., ' ., "
<I . _., .: :: ',,' " . .;.,: ";" ';.: '
.... : .. '.. " if we.'loved ; "&c. " .
, am-liste,', :- , 1.- if loved; &e. . ... '.,. ;..,.
:. , ..", '. ' .'. ..if,they; lovell ;' . "
".' t' . \' .'...:'. '. '.. ....... .l,,"
'. ... ,.' ' . Perfect.'; .,: "_
.. amift';". ... ' I loved' 0;' .-'.'... ; .
, ' . ..' . ' ':, '. . [haTe loVJld; ...'
-..' tibbi am6.to' '. thou hRst ll1;t:: . .. ' "
"L!L '. ".
I . uqbia am4to, . . lh'a$. he,.i}..;;.Of' ii hWl loved;" "
... .' 0 ' .. -,.. '" [&c.,
' .. tibbill",o mnato,' l .... "lciveci'j &::.,
qblJi6te fU1I
a
to, :.' you bne loved; '&c. "" "
" tbp.t .tbey toved; &e. :. '
.".... ' .' oil eo p'l '. -:; :'. . . ., ... ".
.. .... ''''PrJ eel. . " .'.. . .
, (Jt7usi .', . if I had '. :" '. 0' ,.' ..
. " tn1eSh.' -4mlito, . . ,.- 'jf.tbou hai-I,r lJwed ... .' .' :.:
.. '''' .0
'.. .-. . if het SOe;.or it had loved;
. '. a.,l!Slvnoarnatp, '. ifwe' had lovt:d ;. .
".: 'aves-te cm.ato, . if'you'had loved.;
".,,,' ImItJt6, 'if hild-1Qved. ... ' ...
po. ... .... ....... ' .. "'"
. " a"'.. .. .. .. , '... .' ,
I tit '. ' I .,' ."
'... erbs' in . cart, gare, in I to pres.err
. .' .. ibcdlaId SQund of c, g, ,l:ODJugatJon; take
'.' .&Jt" after thOse cOD8onants wbeneTer they. e, i.
:.. ". .... : '. '," . .
' ..:
.
, .
, .
.. .'
. .'
,: .
. .
. *.::
..
.
.'
-
;
."
, .
.
.
-
:'
"
#.
., .
r
,,' ..
'.' .
",I'.
. .t.... .
"
Present:
..to".sellrch.
"'0
.' .
- .-
"
'. . .' Varsation.of the yerb
. '. . . .... "
"...., ,.
. (Paradigm of the verbs 'ending in C'ffC-J..
0 .. " ... i ... ':
, .. ' f
," .
"II ,9,:, . " ,
. " /ert>are,
..... f ."' ...
... ' I' .
' ..
ave,.. a r;erwre, or.
essere per cercare,.
..
, ....
. .
'tit tr"
'.
1
'., 129
" t
Pasl. ",
to have searched.
FlItur..
to have to 'seueh, or
tQ be about to 'search.
..
,
.
.,
VEBB.
'.
"
"'1.1'
, .
'" .... ':' ...
, ,
, -' : ; .- '.
r,
.'
.'
I
t
f
I
GJ:llUND.
Present..,
Past.
...
..
."
-. '.
.'
...
...
',',
Pad.,-
hUin'g ad'"
;, .. I
I
'.
"
. , .
cere-ante,
." .'
.'
.' ....
. ..
,'.
.' ..
'-
.... '
; I
,.. ...
t :,.
: .
.... '. . ".,'.": . ..,
. "
.\
." 't'" ".:.!
'. : -.
ANALOGY:
, Perfect-dejinite.. .
1 ; or did ::'.
" ..; ...
PeTfer.t.,j,1ulefinite.
I have searched j &c.
t. ."
. ",'
... " ..
... ..' .
.... ' ..
..
180
,
.. cerc6to, :
I.
-,
.'
,,' .
. ,
.'
."."
I .
. .t. ';'.. . ...
'.
. ,
" ,
.... . ".
..
. . .."
.-
,," .. .. .. ".. . . #.. *.: ,.,' ....: "'
".: #I ' .. " r. ... .. , ...
. ::':.:...:.> ..'
,. '. ..... we ,should, Or
"' '. : "I ."...... {search; &c....
, .. . -. , wOllh),. ..
. . . '. , " . , . . '... ... .,[seatcb; .
.. ... : {cmn..ert'czno; they 'shoatd, 1Fould,'OJ" CQuid- ' ..
,: .:':.', : '. "'_
.:. '. : .. ". .. J .:" ... .' c ...
, , ". :':, . .fait. . '. ..' .
; 01 ::: .., ..." , .' ":. '.: -woldtl,,'M.' .
.. IJM:mt", ,., stilft!:lie<J'; or. migh&"
" "' .-. " .. """",, II [h .' b d 1iI.-'
.: : ..' '.' / "..: .. '. ave.seare e. ; """, , .
. ,.. . t; .: .. . .' ... ':"
" .;r .jMi'BRAT1Vlih" .. , .. ,
: -'. ,I; .' :._... .o, 'o, .. ,... r,
.. -.' '.' :;ert-q; . .. search th011 'j"". ..' :" f'
::: .. .... : '.. :" , '.' letpim, or)t. t .
. " .. tercl-idtno,' '.. . ... tis '!tearcR ;- .
.': t: cerc.ate, ". . ,'. ..s:earcb yf! 1' . " "
. ;.:', .>. ,'w" , __ ;..
' .. ,,' ..... ,... .." ".'.. ':. .. . ':.,. , ..." .... ,
.' '. ',. ... .:' . ." "
.i' I' , .. .. .... .,,' t ...........:"..... ,,-;. .... __ . ,. I' lo:
....... Jo '1_ .:"'.. "J .. :.. ' i ; .. ..,.. ..
.. , ".;4 .. ' .
__
: : '. .:. '.. . seaichest;' . .
<;erClJ,.e)j . t. that he, 0,. it searcltes.l
.......... '...... : ".': ' ..., .',. .." .. ' .. \,' :'.. .; r , .. [&c.
,.' . ,e;'/i-ia.rim, .' .. that we Search; .&c. '. -. . .
1111' .. .. ..
'. ... . . ..... ',. .learch f' _'. '" ;.,
", '.' ". .' that they sfll,lreh i &c., '; ,
; =.' '. " ... .. . "'. . '.. ... : . ".. "
-; .#;.. " ,-" ': , .c' . ", '.
.. . ;' .'" etc':- ." -- ." ii. I' Qr.
.. - '... .. .. ,. ''' .... II [. _
. rI';.' ; ... , l" ". , .:.' )." search; e&C.
. .". . . '. - ....... - .. " ..
JiN 1tI."'- JIll. .. ...
.' * r P.eriect: . . ,'.
"'- . . that } have searched;: Of'
.' .' '.. '. .,' . ,;' havSl seal;ched ; ..
I I .".. '-
',' . '. , . ..;,
...- ..
" 0' ,
'.. ,,: 'if I"'hita l"&c:" ,
f
-,
. ,
.,
"
, .
.... , .
",
"
,.. .:- I ..
" II "1 .. ,"
0 ... ,'C .....
, r.. :.', :.. i: ....... ,
. : .. ;"';y,1.. ," .. '"f :"10.
.' ., . i. ....
',.'" . .
',' fJD'essi 'cercdto, tc:
;'.:.. . ...... -:.'
.'
;:
..
,..
"
"
.
't
"
.
2 .
0
I
:
:
"
IS:
"
\
,
.
.
,f
"
., .
.' .
, ,
, .
.'
.
,
:l, .
, .
" .
. ..
.. "..":" ....
.'-,
'. .
.
. '.
"'. ,'..
.
"
.....
' ..........
..
'.
"'\ ,\.'
., '
"
'havUlg entreate,a,'
*'" '
.. ""'."
\
':
.. '
..
, ,
PaJt .'
.. -,
Prutfl,t:
Present,
..
, .
. '::.',,".'1 "
i' to have ,entreated,-
., ., II ...
" .
.' ' .. J. _
. I,' " \, . II, .' ..
, ,tl),. have to-entreat, or"
,to be about to entrea\.
. , .
, ,
o
.'
.'
.
, INPINlTI"B. :
,
,p - .. '; , " ,
, " ..... ..,..... -
., " ,'.l!' WI'"
D.... ',' ;.. -. ...
,_ " 'J" 4
" .: ..
entreating.
"
!
) "
,
,
,"
.'
, Vai-iation.of the verb'1':eC-SN.' "
" .
of.tlJe ,V6"_: .adiDg -,:..
... '. '". ... ......... I" .:- ,' ..
:
to
" "'. '.,.'. ",. ..
Clverl! ap.egare/or ,
I ", pet peg6.r'S;"
. ."... ., . ..
It' . !"
'1'
"
,
.11... ". __
' "ClfJJndo
.. ,. ..
, ,
.... .
, I,
, ..
, ..
..
, .
.. .
" .
. .
" .
"
, ...
..
..
"
.. .. . .,,' ,
,:.: .', ., .:
. "'. .
;
" '.
..
.;.
..
r
.'
,VERB. 133
Past.
preg-ato, preg-ata, entreated.
preg-ati, preg-ate, S
INDICATIVE.
,"preg-o,
pregTHamo,
preg-ate,
preg-a7W,
. preg-Gva, etc.
. preg.ai, etc.
opregato, etc:
Present.
I entreat; or do entreat; or
. [am entreating;
thou entreatest; &c.
he, she, or it entreats; &e-
we entreat;" &c.
you entreat &c.
they entreat,; &c.
Imperfect.
I entreated; or did ;
[or was entreating; &C.
Perfect-dtifinite.
I entre,Bted ; or did entreat;
, [&c.
Perftct-inde.ftllite.
I have entreated; &c.
ebbi pregato, tc. I had entreated; &c.
Pluperfect-indefinite. ,
aveva pregato, teo I had entreated; &c.
Future-indefinite.
I shall or will entreat;
thou shalt or wilt entreat;
he, she, or it shall or will en-
[treat;
134
preg1Hrtte,
preg"'-eranno,
tftJro pregrUo, .te.
ANALOGY.
we shall or will entreat;
-you shall or will entreat ;
they shall or will entreat.
Futun-tkjinite.
I shall or will have entreat-
Led ; &c.
CONDITIONAL.
Present.
. pregh-erei I should, would, or could en-
[treat; or might entreat;
preglt-eresti, thou shouldst, wouldst, or
[couldst entreat; &c.
1"6/toeri'bbe (preglHria), he, she, or it should, would,
Lor could entreat; &c.
preg'1&-eremmo, we should, would, or could
[entreat; &c.
you should, would, or could
[entreat; &c.
preg"'-erebbero (pregh-eri- they should, would, or could
[ana, pregh-erieno), S [entreat; &c.
Past.
Future-definite. ....
J shall or will have heard;
thou shalt or wilt have heud ;
he, she, or it shall or will
[have heard;
we shall.or will have heard;
you shall or will have heard ;
they shall or will have heard.
CONDITIONAL.
sent-irebbero (sent-iriano),
sent-irei (sent-iria),
sent-iresti,
sent-irebbe (sent-iria),
Present.
J should, would, or could
[hear; or might hear.
thou shouldst, wouldst, or
[couldst hear; &c.
he, she, or it should, would,
[or could hear; &c.
we should, would, or coulc;J
[hear; &c.
you should, would, or could
[hear; &c.
they should, would, or could
[hear; &c.
'.
sent'to,
smt,to,
.",.ebb, sentlto,
aoremmo smtUo,
slllltfto,
aribbcro UJItiIo,
sent-i,
smt-i6mo,
smt-ite,
sent-ano,
sent-a,
or sent-i,
sent-a,
smt-iamo,
smt-idte,
sent-ano,
VERB.
Past.
{
I should, would, or could
[have heard; or might
[have heard;
thou shouldst, wouldst, or
[eouldst have heard; &c.
{
he, she, or it should, would,
. [or could have heard;
[&e.
we should, would, or could
[have heard ; &e.
you should, would, or could
[have heard i &c.
they should, would, or could
[have heard i &e.
DlPBUTlVB.
,hear thou; ,
let him, her, or it hear i
let UI hear;
hear ye i .
let them hear.
CONJUNCTIVI:.
Present.
that I hear; or may hear i
that thou hearest; &c.
tbat he, she, or it hean ; &e.
that we hear; &e.
that you hear i &c.
that they hear; &C.
IeJlt-fssi,
,""..fssi,
,,,.,..fIse,
,mt-fssimo,
.m'-bte,
smt..fssero,
lfbbia smlfto,
dbbi setllfto,
66bia ,ent'lto,
abbiaJllO senilto,
abbidte sentlto,
dbbitlfto sentito,
ausi ,enlfto,
sentito,
.entfto,
Ilenlfto,
""elite senlfto,
setllfto,
ANALOGY.
Imperfect.
if I heard; or sbould hear i
if thou heardst; &c.
if he, she, or it beard; &C.
ifwe heard;
if you heard; &c.
if they beard; &c.
Perfect.
that I have heard; ",. may
(have heard;
tbat thou bast heard; &e.
that he, she, or it has heard ;
[&C.
that we have heard; &c.
that you have heard ; &C.
that they have heard; &c.
Pluperfect.
if I had heard;
if thou hadst heard ;
if he, she, or it bad heard;
if we had beard;
if you had beard;
if tbey bad beard.
Variation of the verb esibire.
(Paradigm of those verbs of tbe third c:onjugatioll,
which, in the preUflt of the indicanve, have the termina-
tion sco only.)
UfPINITIVI:.
e.ib-tre,
Present.
to offer.
'.
VERB.
Pat.
"
auere ad esibire, or
e,,.,.. pet' aitnre,
to have dered.
Future.
to have to offer, or
to be about to offer.
GlI::amm.
Present.
offering.
Pat.
having offered.
JlAB,TICIPLlI:.
Present.
offering,
P(Ut.
siMta, }
esib1ti, uilMte,
offered.
Present.
I offer;
esib-lseo,
esiMsci,
esilMsu,
ffsib-idmo,
esiJMte,
esiMscono,
INDICATIVlI:.
or do offer; or am
. [offering;
thou offerest j &c.
he, she, or it offers; &c.
we offer; &c.
you offer; &c.
they offer; &c.
156
esiM"" or esib-ia, te.
ANALOGY.
l_pufeet.
I offered; or did oft'er; or
[was oft'eriog; &c.
Perfeet-d4inite.
esib-ti, te.- I oft'ered; or did oft'er; &c.
Perfect-indefinite.
esibito, teo I have oft'ered; &c..
Pluperfect-dtfinite.
ebbi esibito, te. I had oft'cred; &c.
Pluperfut-indefinite.
aef1" esiMto, te. I had oft'ered; &c.
Future-indejinite.
esib-iro, te. I shall or will oft'er; &c.
Future-ikfinite
.".b uibfto, te. I shall or will have oft'ered;
[&c.
CONDITIONAf..
esi6-irei (esib.irfa), ote.
arei esibfto, te.
Present.
J should, would, or could of-
[fer; or might oft'er; &e.
Past.
{
I should, would, or could
(have oft'ered; or might
(have oft'ered; &c.
uib-Uei,
e,ib-isUl,
mb-itimo,
IsilMte,
esilMsctnlO,
VERB.
IMPDLtTIVIC.
offer thou;
let him, her, ()f' it g'-er ;
let III oft"er ;
offer ye;
let them offer.
CONJUNCTIVJC
Prelent.
157
e,ib-Uca,
uib-isca or mb-iscAi,
esilJ.-fsca,
esib-it1mo,
esib-itUe,
.esib-{scano,
esilMssi, tc.
abbiG esiMto,
minto, tc
o
that I offer; or may offer;
that thou offerest; &e.
that he, she, or it offers; &C.
tbat we offer; &e.
that you offer; &Ie
that they offer; &e.
IfI .offered ; or should offer;
[&c.
Perfect.
that I have offered; or may
have offered; &e.
Pluperfect.
If I had offered; &C.
Variation of the verb abborrire.
Paradigm oftbose verbs of the third conjugation, which
iB the pruent of the indicative end both in and ?sco.)
IJI'I'INITI VE.
abboJTe4re,
14
Present.
to abhor.
us
abborrito,
""ere ad abborrire, or
essere per abborrire,
abborr-&ulo,
uendo abborrfto,
abborr-inte,
ANALOGt'. -
Palt.
to have abhorred.
Fllt.re.
to have to abhor, or
to be about to abhor.
CJI:aUND.
Present.
abhorring.
Past.
having abhorred.
PAllTICIPLE.
Present.
abhorring.
Past.
l
5
abhorred.
INDICATIV'.
abb6rr-i or
abb6rr-e or
ablJorr-icimo,
abborMte,
.bMrr-oJUI or
[no,
or
Present.
I abhor; or do abhor; or
[am abhorringi
thou abhorrest; &c.
he, she, or it abhors; &c.
we abhor; &c.
you abhor; &c.
they abhor; &c.
VERB.
159
r_pwfect.
lII6borr-f"a or abborr..(a, etc. I abhorred; or did abhor;
[or was abborriDg; &c.
Perfect-dt}iniu.
I abhorred; or did abhor;
[&c.
Perfect-intk}inite.
I have abhorred; etc.
Pluperfect-de.ftnite.
ebbi abborrito, etc. I had abhorred; &c.
Pluperfect-intleftnite
"e"a abbonito, etc. I had abhorred; &e.
Future-intU.ftnite.
s b b o r r i r ~ etc. I shall or will abhor; &c.
Future-thjinite.
CI1rO abborrito, etc. I shall or will have abhor-
[red; &c.
CONDITIONAL.
Presmt.
{
I should, would, or could
cbborr-irei (abborr-irfa), 4-c. abbor; or might abhor;
- [&c.
Pad.
{
I should, would, or could
have abhorred; or might
[have abhorred i &c.
160
ANALOGY.
1aD'I:UIl'IVL
abb6rr-i or abborr-fsci,
abb6rr-a or abborr..ucfJ,
abhor thou;
let him, her, or 'it abhor;
ahbmT-idntO, let us abhor;
abborr..\te, abhor ye ;
I'lbMrr-ano or abborr..bcarw, let them abhor.
CONJUNCTIVJI:.
:Present.
abb6rr-a or abborr-fsca, that I abhor; or may abhor;
abb6,'NI or aWJ6n-i, or ab- ~ th bo
[b
'" bb' ~ ~ at thou ab nest; &c.
o r r ~ c or a orr-lscf",
abborr-a or abborMsca, that he, she. or it abhors; &c.
abborr-i6mo, that we abho,:"; &c.
abborr-iate, that you abhor; &c.
abb6rr-ano or abborr-lscano, that they abhor; &C.
abborr-tssi, ~ c
dbbia abborrito, etc.
aDelli abborrito, etc.
Imperfect.
if I abhorred; .or should ah-
[hor; &c.
Pwftct.
that I have abhQrred ; or may
[have abhorred; &c.
Pluperfed.
if I had abhorred; &c:
...
161
&gular "er6, .., tie tlIrd CMfiqtJtiOll, tiGI i" tlle
of tlte indicative AGee tlte ter.i"atin 0 tnely.
atldornafre,
tIIlmtire,
etmlmtfn,
dilervire,
tlisleJltire,
dortJrire,
fwKgfre,
irtdormire,
partfre,
pmtire,
rifuggtre,
ripartire,
rilmtire,
leonlentire
lItgfIire,
lentire,
"TVare,
'.fuggfre,
lortfre,
"eltire,
to make Ileep;
to allent;
to cOOlent;
to lerve ill ;
to dillent;
to sleep;
to ilee ; .
to make lI1eep ;
to depart;
to repent;
to ilee to a place of reCuge;
to depart again ;
to awake;
to be of another opinion;
to follow;
to hear;
to serve;
to avoid;
to go out;
to clothe.
Regular !Jerbl of tlle tAird t:tIfINatiora, tNJl ia tie
present of tlle indkative eJUl in isco only.
abbelire,
abbonire,
abbri."idire,
abbronz{re,
ahbrosUre, 'f
abbrostolin,
abbrwtire,
abbrustolfre,
abbruttire,
abolire,
ahortire,
aecalorire,
14-
to embellish;
to improve;
to sbiver;
to taD;
to toast;
to grow ugly;
to abolish;
to miscarry;
to warm;
to ltir up to auger;
162
aecolorire,
aecud1re,
aeetire,
addolcfre,
admap(re,
a.derire,
a./fte1101re,
affort'&re,
affralre,
aggentilire,
aggrandfre,
aggvernre,
agire,
.lkggenre,
allenare,
aUutire,
tJftICIrire,
arebire,
ammamare,
ammtmsfre,
_attire,
,..".olllre,
ammonire,
IiIJIImorbidire,
ammortfre,
ammutlre,
ammutolire,
IInnegAitttre,
IIJInerire,
IIJIniclailire,
IIJInobilire,
apparfre,
trppaure,
appetire,
appiccinfre,
appigrfre,
ardfre,
arricchire,
arrosrire,
arrostire,
}
to colour;
to auiBt;
to grow sour ;
to sweeteD;
to accomplish;
to adhere;
to weaken;
to strengthen ;
to weaken;
to become or make gentle r
to enlarge;
to train up in war;
to act;
to eBBe ;
to soften;
to get ready;
to imbitter;
to .aspire with ambition ;
to prepare;
to tame;
to go distracted ;
to Boften;
to admonish;
to Boften;
to quench;
to grow dumb;
to grow lazy;
to blacken;
to annihilate;
to ennoble;
to appear before;
to fade i
to desire i
to diminish; ,\
to make lazy;
to dare;
to enrich;
to 'blush;
to roast;
V'DB.
163
lIrro=ire,
arrugginSre,
CIfT1j11idtre,
aualfre,
auerfre,
assop{re,
fJlsordfre,
assartire,
assDggettfre,
atrerrfn,
attriln,{re,
attriltt,."
attutfre,
tJfIf1ilire,
tw1rizzire,
balhutire,
bandfre,
bifJlll:Afre,
blCl7ldfre,
brCl7ldfre,
bnuifre,
,Cl7ldfre,
IfJpfre,
,Aiarire,
lircutre,
eolorirt,
,opire,
ItmIpanre,
ItmIpartfre,
IOmpatfre,
flOfllpfre,
eonupfre,
IDIIdfre,
lOn!erfre,
'tmstridre,
,ontribufr.,
IOntrfre,
umstitrnre,
flostnnre,
. custodfre,
to make rough ;
to grow rus'y ;
to grow rough j
to attack;
to llffirm;
to fan asleep;
to deafen;
to match;
to bring into subjection;
to frighten;
to attribute;
to grow wone and wone ;
to quench; .
to debase;
to fade away;
to stammer;
to banish;
to whiten;
to flatter;
to brandish ;
to burnish ; [Benes;)
to preserve (as in cen-
to understand;
to grow clear;
to environ,
to colour;
to strike;
to appear before;
to grant;
to compassionate;
to fulfil;
toconceive ;
to season;
to bestow;
to build;
to contribute;
to be contrite;
to constitute;
to construct;
to gulH'd ;
defmre,
dejimre,
demolire,
dicAiarire,
differire,
di.flinire,
digerire,
diminuire,
tIi..,rW,
diJeppellire,
disfavor'are,
~ b t
disfornb-e,
disgAiottlre,
disgradire,
dinmpedire,
disparire,
dilptl'"tlre,
disruvidire,
distribuire,
"'bbidlre,
_ftgorire,
disumre,
erudire,
esawlire,
esallrire,
mbire,
mnanire,
espedire,
fallire,
fastidire,
faoorire,
finire,
fiorire,
flaire,
fornire,
garantfre,
garrire,
gemire,
genlilire,
gestre,
ANALOGY.
to defer;
to define;
to demolish ;
to declare;
to differ;
to define;
to digest;
to diminish;
to mitigate;
to unbury;
to oppose;
to expound;
to unfurnish ;
to disgorge;
to despise;
to clear the way (or;
to disappear ;
to share;
to polish;
to distribute;
to disobey';
to weaken;.
to disunite;
to instruct;
to hear favorably;
to exhaust;
to offer or present ;
to annihilate;
to despatch;
to fail;
to molest;
to favour;
to finish;
to flourish;
to flow;
to furnish;
to warrant;
to chide;
to groan;
to ennoble; ,
to make gestures ;
VDLB.
,
glntttitr"
gWfre,
gradfre,
lJfV.IItdreI
graafre,
gremire,
gr'Uff'Ib"
"guaire,
gtmlcfre,
guarire,
guannr"
illaidir"
illanguidh,
iUiquidtre,
i.baldaarire,
irllbaldire,
Walsimire,
imbmadire,
imbarberir"
imbarbogire,
imbastardfre,
irllbastire,
imbelftre,
ialM,tidr"
irllbiane!lfr"
imbiondr"
imbif:zarrf.r"
imbolsire,
itllbmtire,
. imbottire,
illlbo=aeeMre,
imbrieetm",
imbrunire,
irllbrusehire,
imbruttire,
immagrire,
immalincotdrrl,
immalsmdrfJ,
immalflagU-',
immarcire,
to gripe;
to enjoy;
to like;
to hook;
to go to seed i
to snatch;
to gruat;
to wail;
to touch often ;
to cure;
to furnish;
to grow ugly;
to languish ;
to turn liquid ;
to grow bold;
to become balsam ;
to serve up a dinner;
to grow cruel ;
to dote through old age ;
to degeBe1'8te ;
to baste;
to embellish;
to grow brutal ;
to whiten;
to make or grow rair ,
to fall into a violent pauion;
to grow pursy.;
to grow better;
to quilt ;
to grow worse and worle i
to grow knavish;
to grow brown or dark;
to grow tart;
to grow ugly;
to grow lean;
to grow melancholy i
to grow unhealthy;
to grow wicked;
to rot;
immattire,
impaaronire,
impallidre,
impaurire,
impazimtire,
impedire,
impUlJertire,
impiantire,
impaccolire,
impidocchire,
impigrire,
impoltronire, S
imporrire,
impostemire,
importtmire,
impOf1erire,
improsperire,
impuntire,
imputridire,
impuzzolire,
}
znacefzre,
inacidire,
inacutire,
inagr1.re,
inalidire.
inanimire,
inaridire,
inasinire,
inasprire,
inallaNrfl.
ineagnire,
ineallire,
iracal"ire,
iracanckerire,
incarautire,
, iracaparbire,
incapocchire,
incaponire,
incapriccirfl,
ANALOGY.
to become foolish;
to make one's selfmuter of;
to turn pale;
to affright;
to grow impatient;
to hinder;
to become pervel'lle ; ,
to pave;
to lessen;
to grow lousy j
to grow lazy j
to grow rotten;
to imposthume ;
to importune;
to grow poor;
to prosper j
to quilt ;
to become putrid;
to stink;
to grow sour i
to make sharp, tJr sharpen;
to grow sour ;
to become dry;
to animate;
to grow dry;
to become stupid as an ass ;
to exasperate;
to become avaricious;
to become ;
to grow hard ;
to grow bald ;
to fester j -
to turn grey j
to be obstinate;
to become stupid;
to grow obstinate;
to fall in love ;
illcamarll,
incarogairll,
iJlt;atarMrll,
incatorzolirll,
incattiMrll,
~ r l l
incercmnrll,
inciprigairll,
inci"iMrll,
incodardirll,
incolkMre, ~
incolloMre, S
incoragirll,
incrudelirll,
incrudirll,
indebolirll,
indocilrll,
indolcirll,
indolmtfrll, }
indolnWrll,
indurirll,
i7lllrire,
infarcirll,
infastidlrll,
/ i'ifellonfre,
infemminire, -
inferfre}
i7lferoclre,
inferfJonrll,
infiacclaire,
infie1Jolfrll,
infingardire,
infistolire,
influire,
infollire,
infortire,
infracidire,
i'ifragilire, ~
infralire, S
infrigidire,
VERB.
to grow into the flesh;
to become carrion;
to catch cold ;
to blast;
to grow wicked;
to burn to asbes ;
to turn sour;
to grow angry;
to grow polite;
to grow faint-hearted;
to fall in a passion;
to encourage j
to grow cruel ;
to irri tate ;
to weaken;
to become indocile;
to grow sweet;
to grow numb ;
to grow hard;
to inhere;
to stuff;
to trouble;
to become wicked;
to grow effeminate j
to infer;
to grow fierce;
to inflame with fe"or ;
to grow weak j
to become feeble j
to grow lazy;
to turn to a fistula;
to influence;
to grow mad;
to strengthen;
to rot;
to grow weak;
to become cold ;
167
168
i ~ r
ingdoslre,
ingentilire,
ingmrsi,
iragiallire,
ingiOflCJfllln,
ingobbire,
ingrandire,
inlividire,
i"atlUrMre,
ianagresftrc,
innanimfre,
inaridire,
innaspnre,
innuzzolire,
inorgtJglire,
inorridire,
iraquenre,
nquisfre,
inreftre,
inriccAire,
inrigidire,
inrugginire,
iJlSalvatichlre,
insaawe,
inschiamrt,
insenre,
insignire,
iasignor{re,
insipidire,
iJlSohnftre,
insolltre,
iJlSoraM-,,
insospettire,
insozzire,
imterilire,
institufre,
imtolidire,
instruire,
instupitHre,
ANALOGY.
to grow brisk and Itroag ;
to grow jealous;
to grow delicate ;
to meddle;
to grow yeUow ;
to grow young apia';
to grow crooked ;
to grow large ;
to grow livid;
to grow acid;
to grow sour ;
to encourage ;
to grow dry;
tn exasperate ; [any ,thing j
to awake an esgerneu for
to make or grow proud ~
to shiver with horror;
to inquire;
to impeach;
to catch with ,a net;
to enrich;
. to grow rigid;
to rust;
to grow savage;
to grow mad;
to enslave;
to insert;
to decorate; [thing;
to make one muter of any
to grow insipid;
to grow insolent;
to grow soft ;
to deafen;
to grow suspicious ;
fo soil;
to become sterile ;
to institute;
to grow stupid ;
to instruct;
to fill with wonder;
iuwperM....
illtmelni ..
inteRerire
inttrfllDltlre,
intiepidir,',
illtigJlosire,
intimidire,
intimorire,
intirannlr,.
iJltisiclaire,
intorbidire,
intormmtifo.,
intorpidire, .
intristire,
inumidir"
in17ag/aire,
in17anir..,
inveire,
irroelenire,
inverminire,
inviglUir.,
invilire,
in17ineidire,
inviperire,
inrnscidire,
iJUJimr",.
involpire,
in'totic/aire.
irretire,
irriulafre,
irrigidu.e,.
irritrosire,
irrotrodre..
irruginil:,.
ispartire,
esterilire,
istituire,
i$tolidire"
i4!trllfl"e,
15
flO grow proud;
\t grow dark;
" make tender ;
" grow stitT or n '
." cool or grow " 10 ;
tt make or grow _. ;
to intimidate;
,. become a tyrant ;
,. grow stitT with c;oWI-
wgrow conswoP'i_ i
kJ grow thick or
,,, grow stiff or 1UtM.,
kJ grow stupid;
kJ grow wicked ;.
grow damp;
kJ inspire with 10... ;
vanisb;
\0 inveigh;
\0 become irrit.d.;
\0 breed worms;
to grow vigoro.,...
to ;
to grow ftac.cid i
to become
\0 grow viscid;
wither;
\0 grow crafty;
to grow clowniNl;
to catcb with a aet ;.
to enricb ;
to grow rigid. ;
to become froward ;
\0 rust;
\0 divide;
\0 become ste.a;i;ht t.
institute;
grow stupwh
to instruct ;
170
.zc.Mrc,
lIJrgn,
Imfn,
1IItJI'rin!,
m"ndirt,
_upt,
_",nrt,
Cl66etllre,
oUrt,
",.dirt,
....tnrire,
Flirt,
p",.'onn,
patlre,
pattuire,
Pidre,
polirt,
poltrire.
prtfenre,
preJaglrt,
prettrire,
profenrt,
projferirt, S
progml,re,
proi/Iire, .
ptdIre,
pdlre,
rtlb6elllre,
rabborIire,
raddoklrt,
raggeatilwe,
r_llire,
,.,..,.".bidSre,
,..,;idlre,
rapfre,
rtJDllilfN,
f'tJf1tMcidtre,
redarpre, .
.ANALOGY.
to lick;
to give liberally J
to allay;
to putrefy;
to grow musty;
to bellow;
to fortify;
to obey;
to be fragrant;
to strain the warp;
to obstruct;
to divide;
to bring forth;
to suffer;
to bargain;
.to perceive;
to plead;
to polish ",. clean;
to grow lazy;
to prefer;
to presage;
to omit ",. pus over;
to utter;
to proceed;
to prohibit;
to polish Of' clean;
to puni8h;
to embellish;
to pacify;
to sweeten;
to make genteel;
to mollify;
to make 80ft;
10 become raocid ;
to ravish;
to cool;
to dishearten;
to grow ftaccid;
to rebuke;
..uriMre,
"tribuire,
ria66ellire,
riogIre,
riapparirB,
riarricc/tlre,
""hadare,-
ribantAre,
rieAi",nre,
ricolorire,
-rit:tnlUpirB,
rit:tnUlire
J
rieostitvire,
riferire,
rijiorire,
rimbtJfllblre,
rinjronz1rl,
rirageJlCiHre,
ringimrl,
ringiOf1tJJ1fre,
1"ittgi000en'rl,"
ringitmialln.,
riragraatDrl,
rin.mnrfJ,
riJilumirl,
r i ~ r
rintetllrire,
rintiepidirl,
riuigonrl,
riJrDi'v-I,
riparfirl,
ripullrl,
ri.aren,
rUbaldfrl,
ri.quittirl,
ri.teuAire,
ritrorire,
riunirl,
ri",nre,
ntgire,
In .
to restore;
to recompense ;
to embellish;
to react;
to reappear ;
to enrich again ;
to rivet;
to recall from buail.....at
to clear up ; "
to colour again;
to conceive again ;
to season;
to ....eplace;
to refer;
to blouom again;
to grow childish;
to bring iorth new leaves;
to ennoble ;"
to rejoice;
to grow young again ;
to become jovial ;
to increase ;
to grow wiae apia I
to clear up;
to become lbas1;er lIpin i
to move again to pity;
to grow cool or lukewarm;
to gather strength again ;
to debase;
to part;
to furbish;
to mend;
to make joyful; [hawking;
to repair the feathen (io
to dry up;
to become froward; .
to reunite, to auemble I
to revere;
to roari
'.
to grow insipid;
to savour;
to despond;
to be amazed I
to banish;
to be dismay'" ;
to gratify oepftoe ;
to scarify;
to grow leaD'
to spring;
to clear;
to yelp;
to avoid;
aporfnl,
.balordir.,
Ibaatl1re,
.calffre,
.......re,
.caturire,
uAiarirt,
sclaiaMrt,
Klicncfre,
Kiapidfre,
,clapire,
scipillfn,
.a,,'re,
II:fJIoM,
,colp(re,
.comparire,
't:OrIIpQf"tire,
semendre,
seppelllN,
sJavorire, :
.}i_we,
Jjomfre,
'6'-",.,
'6,""w,
'6lMef&tfre,
smagrire,
l1IIaltfre,
l1IIarnre,
,mintlfre,
""'e,
1lIIpWe,
.lOrltre,
so,titaW,
1JHI"h,
spartfre,
'.P
aurlre
,
}
to fade;
to engrave;
to lose value b'eHIPI'i.oo'
to Ihare; ..
to Co to seed I
to bury;
to disfavour;
to faint away;
to unfurnisb ,
to beat in a eGWWIt,
to let loose J
to discourage ,
to displease,
to grow lean j
to digest;
to lose or min,
to diminish ; [office;
. to reinstate ill Clharge or
to quench;
to cast OJ' draw loClt ;
to substItute;
to disappear;
to separate ;
to ;
-
IJIeflfre,
,pervertfre,
'pessfre,
'qudtire,
'tabilire,
wuggilln, .
,tarnutlre,
'tatKire,
,teccmr".
,terilire,
,tiu'ir.,
,tolidir"
,tordfre,
,t-,re,
ItramortV-e,
,trl8lllUMfre,
,t.pidire,
.tupfre,
naire,
",ekan,
l'Pilire,
svggerfre,
",ppltre,
tradfre,
trafertre,
tr,.orftre,
trasferfre,
trtlllfTedfr.,
trasPtJf"'r.,
trasricclrire,
abbicllre,
a.e,
lIIrutaptre,
.,..sre,
"
V.ERB.
to despatch ;
to pervert;
to tbickeD;
to yelp;
to establish;
to free from ruR
to sDeeze ;
to resolve;
to become dry ;
to grow barreD I-
to make aDgry ;
to grow stupid;
to StUD;
to bustle;
to SWOOD;
to reduce or weaken;
to amaze;
to wODder;
to vanish;
to appease;
to abase;
to suggest;
to supply;
to betray;
to wound;
to faint away;
to traMfer ;
to traDsgress;
-to shiDe t,hrough i
to grow very rich;
to obey;
to uDite or jOiD ;
to hold by prescription;
to cry like aD WaDt
ITI
ANALOGY.
The verb In the pallt participle DIlHtto,
obstructed. The vetb8 ctnstru,re and co.tJ'tlire, itr,trufre
and istndrt, make C!"Utt'rrit6 and codruito, ot cot&ftrUlto '"
and costrUtto, consttutted; irutnlUo and ilttilfto, or ifJ-
strUtto and istrUtto, Instmcted. And apptJM"e, tllrrlp.
t'itlJ1Pll"frr, in the Pallt JHi1'!'ltipk make
apyarfto and app4rso, appeared; t:tnllpant6 lltId c"..
plJrso, appeared; trd'parlto and trallp6.r,o, sheoe through;
riapparfto and riappdr$(/, rllllppeared.
Yerbs of tlte tAt,1I tllat ira tM pnth, of
tAe indicative end bolA .. 0 filRd taco.
aggradfre,
applmulfn,
aIlsaporfre,
aIlsoriKre,
tJrJ'Dertfre,
bmedfr.,
bollfre,
coraseguire,
coravertre,
ullgwe,
disirag1&iottfre,
.vertire,
ftJrire,
forbfre, .
i7llpazdr't,
i7llpett'ft't,
iradunre,
irag1&iotttrt,
'JItm'dIr'e,
invtt'%'fttt,
iravutfre,
laragmre,
mtlkdfre,
IlIIlRtire,
nudMre,
""'"re,
to please;
to applaud;
to taste;
to absorb;
to warn;
to blell;
to boil;
to obtain;
to convert;
to execute i
to disgorge;
to divert or atrluse
to wound;
to furbish;
to grow mad r
fo petrify; ..
to harden;
to swallow;
to green;
to invest;
to languish ;
to curse;
to lie;
to nourish;
VEldt. '
. to otter;
offnre, S
perfre, to perish ;
per.egMN, to perltM:ute ;
JII"l'et',m . to J
prosegure, to prosecute;
to tWak ,
rin"erdre, } to grow green again ;
rin"emre,
rinwltb!.t .. to iD.... ;
rive.ttrep . . .to dress.a@ain ;
seAermire, to fence;
IClIaentW', . to lliup tQ scet. ,
\ to au6"er ;
soffrire, f
.orMre, to absorb ;
sovtlerflre, to subvert or overturn;
sussegure, to follow immediately; ,
tossire, to cough;
trangAiottfre, to swallow up ;
traoestire, to disguise.
In tbe verbs aggradire, assaporire, ferire, impetrire,
'''''''e, ao4 puUre, the ia #I itt fJO-
etical.
The verbs bene&We and mlJlf,d{re, ia tbe ]HIs' JHI"IiDipie
make benedetto, blessed; maletUtlo, c..ned. 0.lmre
and ojfrf,re, soffenre and soffnre, make olfirto, offered i
suffered.
TheverbBoppanre, eomparire, trlUpGrire, ritJppmire, in the pre-
ceding IiBt, bellide their repar, have a1Bo in 80me teDBe8 an irregular
IOrmatiOD; whidlwM'lIe gtftrr With 6llf iWtgvlm" 'Ile1'I*. .
There are some verbs of the tbird conjugation that
belong also to tbe second; haviDg two terminations in
the infiniti"e, one in ire, the otber in ere; as, .
appetfre, appetere, to dllllire;
ingliottfre, 'nt1&i6ttere, to sW811QIW ; _
176
lome that belong also to the fil'llt conjugatiOD ; baviDg tile
two terminations Ire and are; 88,
i.pazwe, to grow mad;
ifJcoraggfre, iJle6l'tlggiare, to encourap ; &c.
and some otbel'll that belong to alllhree of the conjup-
tionl; ai,
JRggfre, Mggere, JRggAitJre, to bellow;
olire, 61ere, 'olczzare, to be fragrant; &c.
Tbese verbs are diff"erendy varied according to the
conjugation to whieb their terminatioDi respectively be-
long. -
Variation of PalSiee
Pallive verbs are formed by joining the verb illerfl,
to be, to the pal' participle of active verbs.
P888ive verbs then, through all their tenses, are varied
"'ith the auxiliary verb essere.
Variation of the verb ilSere tIIJIlito.
(Paradigm of the passive
UfPINITIQ.
Pre,DIt.
to be loved.
ITt
SlJtiJltllltJaih, dl:lra amata, 2
elJlJcrl: ~ JtlJIi -ali, lJtJte tmltite, Sto have been loved.
F.ture.
GfJer' -' , ..., or 5..to, -a,
6ucre per ell.... llil'll'iti, -1:, .
PAIlTICIPLJ:.
~
to have to 'be loved,
or to be about to be
loved;
beMat love"
Palt.
Lmlo 5stelto amato, lJtata amata, l h . I
USr; ,stGti tlllllJti, dGte amdtB, S aVlug beeD OVM.
tNDtCATJViIl.
.6M amato, ...,
lei amato, -a,
eanuils, ~
,';0. aatiti, -1:,
siete awiti, -1:,
s6no amati, -e,
era am6.to, -a,
en amito, .Q,
era amato, -a,
Prel6ftt,
I alb lovell ;
th"u .... loved;
he, .be, 01' it i. 10ftCl i
we are loved i
you IIrs loved;
they are loved.
Imperfect.
I WAil loved ;
thou wast lond ;
he, the, or it WWi loved;
Irs
".a"dMo ",.ali, -e,
",allate amati, -e,
",antI ".ati, -e,
AN.ALOGY.
we were -loved ;
you were loved ;
tiley were loved.
fli ",.ato, -fI,
fa-.n al8cito,-fI,
fu amato, -fJ,
fUmmtJ am6ti, -e,
f6ste amciti, -e,
f4rorao amciti, -e,
Perfed-defitlite.
I was loved;
thou wast loved;
he, abe, or, it was loved
we were loved;
you were loved;
they were loved
.Perfect-indefinite.
16710 .,"to tDJtGto, .tata I have been loved;
[_ta,
.ei .tato ontdto, stata thou hast been loved;
[amcita,
tdto tDJtGto, .ttita al8citG, he, she, or it has been loved;
Ii_ .ttiti "",ali, state we have been loved;
[amate,
.tati amdti, stiite you have beeD loved ;
[_dte,
." "sli tlllltili, ,tdte they have been loved.
[amtite,
fUi ,tdto .to, ,tata I had been loved ;
[ana6.ta,
f6.ti stato amAto, .tata thou hadst been loved ;
[amcita,
fM .tato am6to, .tata he, she, or it been IOTed I
[amtita,
/umJr&O stdti mntiti, state we had heen loved;
[...lie,
f6ste "ati tDI,Jti, ,tcite you had been loved ;
[amate,
fUrorao stan fJIfIdti, suite they had been loved.
[amat"
l'EItB.
1I1uptff'fedwindeJillite.
17')
era 5tato amato, stata I had been loved;
. [amata,
en stato amato, stata thou hadst been loved;
Lamtita,
va
,tato amtJto, stata he, she, or it had been loved i
[tJJlldta,
eravamo stali omGti, ,tate we had been loved ;
[am,ite,
era"ate stati amati, state you had been loved;
[amate,
erano ,tati tm&o1ti, state they bad been loved.
[amate,
sar.D ,.,wto, -a,
,arai amflto
,ara amato, -a,
..ittto "".ali,
.,rete ,.,ati, -i, .
'arGlIIIO tJIIIdti, -.,
I shall or will be loved ;
thou shalt or wilt be loved;
he, she, or it shall or will be
(loved;
we shall or will be loved ;
you shall or will be loved i
they sbaH or will be loved.
Future-defiJ&ite.
sara ,ttit" amato, ,tata
[amtita,
.sariJi ,'ato amato, stata
[amata,
sard stato amato, stata
[amtita,
I shall or will have been
[loved;
thou shalt or wilt have been
[loved;
he, she, or it shall or will
[have been loved;
litO
... stliti -.:iti, .....
[amate,
s,..ete sttiti tlIIIlUi
J
stGle
[amate,
...aIUlQ stat; aadti, s{4te
[t.llllfite,
_ wm hav" heen
[loved;
.you ,hail or will have been
[loved;
thel ,ball or "ill have been
[loved.
, saresti amato, -a,
sarbl"'" -e,
sareste amati, -e,
CONDITlON4-..
Present.
1 shnuId, would. or could be
[loved; qF nI.igkt ;
thou 'bOiddst, wouldst, or
[I;ouldst be &c:.
he, slW. Of' it should, would,
[or could be loved; &c.
we should, would, or could
[be loved; &c.
you should, would, or could
[be loved; &c.
they should, would, or could
[be loved; &c.
Past.
raresti stato amato, .tata
[_fa,
sareb6e stato amato, stata
[amata,
stati amati, state
sareste dati amata, state
[amate,
Qlll4iti, state
[arnate,
I should, 1110,114, III eouM'
[have been 10\l4ld, fir might
[have benle-vell.; tho
thou shouldst, wouldst, or
[couldst have been loved ;
[&c.
he, she,or it should, would, or
could have been loved; &c.
we sPoqt<\, would, or could
[have Qi!en laved;
you llhould, would, or could'
[have bee.Q loved; &;(;.
they l\hould, would, or could
'[have been loved; &c.
VERII.
lIS!
lii,.,.sto, __,
sfa amato, -0,
., t.IfII4n,
%
Siano aman,
sia amato, -5,
sii amato, -0,
sla amato, -0,
siamo amati,
siate amati,
siano amati,
_ f6ssi amato, -a,
f6ssi amato, -0,
f6sse anlato, -0,
f6ssimo amati,
f6ste amati,
f6ssero amati, -e,
be thou loved ;
let him, her, or it be loved;
let U9 be loved;
be ye loved;
let them be loved.
CONJUNCTIVE.
Present.
that I be loved; or may be
[loved;
that thou be, loved j &c.
that he, she, or it be ;
[&c.
that we be loved; &c.
that you be loved; &c.
that they be loved; &c.
Imperfect.
ifI were loved; or should be
[loved;
if thou wert loved; &c.
if he, she, or it were loved ;
. [&c.
if we were loved; &c.
if you were loved; &c.
if they were loved j &c.
Perfect.
sia stato amato, stata that I have been loved; or
[amdta, [may have been loved;
sii stato amcUo, stelta that thou hast been loved;
[amata, [&C.
sfa
stato amato, stUta that he, she, or it has been
[amata, [loved; &c.
16
182
.AlUL08Y.
if be, sbe, or it 8&d lleea
[loved;
if we, bad been loved j
MIllO "tUi t.IlItGti, ddt, that we bave been loved; &c.
[a_'ll,
siGtll dati tJffI4ti, "titll that you bave been loved;
[aMtll, [&C
.riano ,tati -Ii, ,tace that they bave beeo 10YPf;
[a.Gte, [k.
Pluperfect.
f6sn stato amato, ,tlita if I bad been loved ;
[amata,
f6ssi stato amato, statel if thou badst been loved ;
[amdta,
16,s. "a" ""0, .t4ta
,.ata,
f6ssifM st6ti tmt6ti, ,Mte
[amd:tll,
fl.tt ,ttiti tlfA6.ti, state if you bad been loved j
[,.tt,
f6ssertt stliM .NIi, st4,. if they bad bUll 1'""-
[....",
Variation of Neuter Verbs.
Neuter verbs are generally varied ,with the auxiliary
essue, to be, according to tbe conjugation to which tbey
belong. .
Va,iatioa of the verb partm.
(Paradigm oftlle neuter verbs.)
Ui'I'INITIVB.
Prllsent.
.prire, to depart.
.Past.
~ s s t partto, to have departed.
_ere tJ partire, or
!!Sereper parrire,
VERB.
Pttttn.
to have to depwt, or
Sto be about to depart.
183
Prumt.
partendo, departing.
PlUt.
tssmdo pardto, baving departed.
I'AllTICIPLL
p,....,.
partente, departing.
PlUt.
pa7'tito, partitlJ, 1 d d
partiti, partite, 5 eparte
parfiva, etc.
partii, etc.
INDICATIVE.
Presmt.
I depart; 07' do depart; 07'
[am departing; &c.
Imperfect.
I departed; 07' did depart ; 07'
[was departing; &c.
Perf,ct-definitt..
I departed; or did depart;
[&c.
Perfect-iruJefinite.
s67Io parrito, etc. I have departed j &c.
PluperffGt-dejinite
...... . ., ...
184
ANALOGY.
Pluperfect-indefinite.
ira partito, etc. I had departed; &c.
Future-indejinite.
partiro, etc. I shall or will depart; &c:
Future-dejinite.
sara partito, etc. I shall or will have depart-
ed; &c.
ClONDITIONAJ,.
sarti partfto, etc.
parti, etc.
Present.
I should, would, or could
[depart; or might de-
[part; &c.
Past.
I should, would, or could
[have departed; or might
[have departed; &c.
IMPERATIVE.
depart thou; &c.
pfsrta,4-
c
CONJUNCTIVE.
Present.
that I depart; or may de-
[part; &c
vu.B.
I.pet:fut.
sia partito, tc.
f61si partfto, tc.
if I departed ; or ebould de-
[part; &c.
Ptrj,ot. .
that I have departed; or
[may have departed; &c.
Pluperfect.
if I had departed; &C.
There are some neuter verbe whieh are occasiOltally
varied with the auxiliary afJer,; alt, dunr" to last;
durato, or Ii durato. it has lasted; &c. Othen require
to be varied with aver'; as, 'acer" to keep silent; vf-'
ver" to live j' i> taciuto, I bave kept silent; 0 "iw'o, I
have lived; but in this ease tbey seem to take tbe na-
t,nre of an active verb, having the object generally un-
dentood. thougb sometimes exprelllled; as,
I) taciu'o [me],
.. Iliwtp una bu6na mta,
I bave kept [myself] silent;
I have lived a good life j kc.
Variation of Pronominal Verb,.
Pronominal verbs are varied with the auxiliary eller"
to be, according to the conjugation to which their termi-
nations belong. .
16
186
ANALOGY.
Variation of the verb penlira.
(Paradigm of the pronominal verbs.)
INPINI'I'IVIII.
Present.
penlir-si,
pentito,
to repent one'. self.
Past.
to have repented one's self.
Future.
tJfJer-,i a penlire or to have to repent one's self,
esser-si F or to be. about to repent one's
.' [self.
GERUND.
Present.
pentendo-si,
euendo-si pentito,
repenting one's self.
Past.
having repented one's self.
I
pentente-,i,
PARTICIPLIII.
Present.
repenting one's self.
VERB.
181
PlUto
pmtito-si, pmtita-Ii ~ :
penttti-li, pentfte-li,' S[havJlIg] repeated oae'. self.
INDICATIV
mipmto,
ti p ~ n t
si pente,
ci pentiamo,
t1i pentite,
si pentonoj
Present.
I repent myself;
thou rep,:,otest thyself;
he repents himself, she
[pents herself, or it
[pents itself;
we repent ourselves;
you repent yourselves;
they repent themselves.
re-
re-
Imperfect.
mi pentiva, etc. I repented myself; &c.
Perfect-dejillite.
mi pmtii, etc. I repented myself; &c.
Perfect-indejinite.
mi s6no pentito, 4-c. I have repented myself; &c.
Pluperfect-dejinite.
Pluperfect-irulejinite.
mi era pmtito, etc. I had repented myself j &c.
Future-indejinite.
mi pentiro, etc. I shall or will repent myself;
[&c.
In
I sball or will' have repent-
[ed myself; &C.
CONDITIONAL.
Present.
I sbould, would, or could ra-
[pent myself, or might ta-
[pent myself; &c.
PQlt.
{
I sbould, would, or could
[
have repented myself, or
might have repented my-
self; &C.
phm-ti,
pmta-si,
pmtidmo-ti,
pentite-t7i,
phitan-si,
mi penta, tc.
repent tbyself ;
let him repent himself, her
[repeDt herself, or it ra-
[repent itself j
let us repent ourselves;
repent yourselves;
. let them repent themselves.
CONJUNCTlVB.
Present.
that I repent myself; or may
- lrepem myself; &c.
VERB.
189
Imperfect.
,
iflrepented myself; Drshould
repent myself; &c:.
mi M penfito, te,
Perfect.
that I have repented myself;
f
or may have repeDted
myself; &e.
Pluperfect.
mi f611i pent1to, tc. ifl bad repented myself; &c.
Ii edata un c6lpo,
A great Dnmber of active verb!! may become pronomi-
Dal by the addition of the conjunctive pronouns mi, ti,
.i, &c. either in the objective or in the relation of attri-
bution; and then these verbs are varied with the aux-
iliary u,ere, to be; as, IodaTe, to praise; dare, to give;
tacere, to keep silent:
Ii elodato,
,i edato per vfn'o,
he has praised himself;
he has given himself up III
[conquered;
he has givell [to] himself a
[blow;
Ii e'aciu'o, he has kept himself silent.
Usage, howe.er, in some instances allows us also
to employ the auxiliary avere, to have; but then the
conjunctive pronouns mi, ti, ai, &c. are always in the
relation of attribution; as,
melo 86no or mel' 13 I have enjoyed it;
[goduto,
'elo 8ei or 'el' di crll- thou hast believed it;
1Il1' eor ,,1' Ii he has drunk it; &c.
1.
AN.&.L08Y.
Yariatioa oj UMptr,onal Yerb
Unlpenonal verbs are generally varied with the aux-
Diary to have. according to the conjugatioD to
which they belong.
Variation of the 't'erb pi6vere.
(Paradicm of the unipersonal verbs.)
pi6-oere,
nere pWPuto,
avere a pi6'Dere. or
ulere per pi6'Dere.
a'Dendo pio'Duto,
Prumt.
to raiD.
PlUto
to have rained.
Future.
to have.to rain, or
to be about to rain.
GERUND.
Pruent.
raining.
Past.
having rained.
.BTlCIPLL
Pruent.
raining.
pioo4to,
1DlB.
F-.
rained.
INDICATIV
"'1
piOve,
it rains; It does rain; or it
[is rainiI!g.
r
Imperfect.
pio-ofoa or pio-oea, it ndned; it did rain; or it
[WBI raining.
piove, piovette, or pi6". it rained; or it did raiD.
['De (pi6bbe),
Perfect-indefinite.
Ii pio-OOto, it haa rained.
ebbe piO'Dfi.to, it had rained.
Pluperfett-indefinite.
a'De'Da pio'Duto, It had rained.
Future-indefinite.
it shalt or wilt raiD.
Future-dejinite.
it shall or will ban .-mec!.
192
ANALOGY.
CONDITIONAL.
Present.
it should, would, or could
[rain; or might rain.
.-
Past.
it should, would, or could
[have rained; or might
[have rained.
DlPEBA.TIVE.
let it rain.
CONJUNCTIVE.
,.
pi6'OtJ,
bbia. pi<wfl.to,
Present
that it rains; or may rain.
Imperfect.
if it rained; or should rain. '
Perfect
that it has rained; or may
[have rained.
Pluperfect.
if it had I'llined.
The following are the unipersonal verbs most in use:
baleflare
.lampeggiare.
ftaoflGre,
l to lighten j
to thunder j
to hail;
to rain;
to rain very hard, to deluge;
to snow i
to happen i
to please i
to be n o u ~ i
to be needful;
to be important;
to seem.
I"
pi6veH,
dilurnare,
"evicdre,
grandinare, l
tempe,tare, f
geltfre, } to freeze i
ghiacciare,
dighiaccidre, to thaw;
o,cl.lrare, to grow dark i
far c/Hdo, to be hot i
far freddo, to be cold i
far chiaro, to be light i
far buio, to be dark i
far 11ento, to be windy.
To the above may be added the following verbe,
which, though not unipersonal in themselves, are often
used unipersonally. and may have the third person plu-
ral, as well u singular; and are varied with the aux-
iliary e"ere. to be:
accadere,
av'Denire,
occ6rrere,
aggraddre,
ba,tare,
bilogndre,
importare,
parere,
'tmbrare,
g"ere, to be, is also used unipeJ'llonally bot& in the
singular and plural, when it is joined to the relative par-
ticles ci or vi; as, u,erci or u,ervi, to be here, or to be
there. ,
Variation of the verb ellere, unipersooaUy used.
illerci, or e..enJi,
17
Il!fJ'IJUTIVJI.
Present.'
to be Mre, or to be theN.
194
ANALOGY.
6"erci or S,tato.
Ulenli, lltati, ,tale,
Pall.
to have been there.
Future.
unrn or es,trr1iIW" emlre, 1. to have to be there, or to be
_ern or ad erlere, 5 [about to be there.
Pruem.
there being.
Past.
ellendoci or 5,tato, ,tata, 1. th h i bee
u,endo'Oi t ,tati, Itate, Sere av ng D.
PARTICIPLE.
lNDIC..lTIVE.
Prumt.
c' eor '0' i.
ci ,6M or 'Di ,6M, .
c' era or '0' era..
c' erano or 'D' 6ra.no.
here is, or there is ;
there are.
Imperfect.
there wu;
there were.
ci fu or 'Di fu,
cifUrono or'Dif(j,rontJ,
therewu;
there were.
VERB.
e' eor'll' enato, -a,
ci I6no or 'IIi I6no dati, -e,
there has been i
there have been.
Pluperfect-definite.
ci Ju or 'IIi fu ,tato, -a,
ci firono or 'IIi !fJrono there had been.
[,tdti, -Il.
Pluperfect-indefinite.
c' or'll' ra. :a, } there had beeD.
e' ra.no or'll' rano ,tdt,,-Il,
Fvture-indefinite.
or 'IIi }there .hall or "ill be.
et ItJranno or v, ,ardnno,
.Puture-definite.
ci lard or 'IIi ,ara ,tato, -a, - ,
ci ,aranno or vi ,aranno there shall orwiIl have been.
[.tati, -e,
CONDITIONAL.
Pruent.
ei ,arbbe or vi ,arbbe, 1there should, would, or could
or vi 'arebbero, S [be i or might be.
Past.
ei ,arebbe or vi .arebbe}th h I.> ld ld
[llato, -a, ere B ou II, wou .' or cou
ci IIIJrebbero or vi 'arebbero [have beeni or might have
[,tati, -e, [beeD.
1"
ANALOGY.
ei ria, 'Di ria, or 'lOCi, na'Di,
c:i ritlno, 'Di ritlno, or rienei, let there be.
['Ien'Di,
COR'Jt7l'i'CTIVL
Prueflt.
c:i ria or 'Di ria, }
c:i riano, 'Di riano, or ei neno, that there be i or may be.
['Di neno,
c:i /611e or 'Di /6m,
c:i /611rro or ... Ju..ero,
Imperfect.
if there were; or sDoaJd N.
Perfect.
c:i ria or "i ria ,ttUo, -a, that there has been;
c:i riano oni riano "at" -e, that there have been i or
[may have been.
Pluperfect.
c:i /6"e or 'Di f6l1e ,talo, -a,
c:i /611ero or vi f6mro if there had been.
['tciti, -6,
Very often the verb avere, to have, Is substituted fbI'
the verb fllere when unipersonally used, and then it is
varied after the same manner; as, a'Dfrci, or aVfroi, to
be here, or to be there i ci d, or vi a, here is, or there
I.; c:i anno or vi anno,-there are1 &c.
VERB.
197
The greater part of the active verbs may become
unipersonal, and be varied in the third person both &in-
gular and plural by the help of the indefinite pronoun
n, one, they, people, &c. placed either before or after
the verb; as,
n dice, or d(ce.ti,
n 16da la 'IIirtu,
bicUimann i 'IIIzj,
one or they say;
they praise virtue;
people blame vices;
To express in Italian here or there v ,ome of it, here
or there are ,orne of them, we join the relative particle
fie, of it, of them, to ci or 'IIi, and say, or u,er'llme,
allercem or a'llervene; as, cen' eor 'lien' e, een' aor 'lien' a,
here is some of it, or there is some of it; cene ,6710 or
lIem ,6no. em' anno or lIen' anno. there are some of
them; &c.
The verb a'llere, not only may be used with propriety for the vedJ
Ellere, but is also elegantly used in the although the noun
to which it is joined is in the plural; as, quante miglia ci el1 how
many miles is it ? Ebbe'lli mOlti wmini. there were a great l118Dy
men there; l!tc. '
The English unipersonal verb it v, in the following
instances and in similar, is expressed in Italian byfa,
makes; as, it i3 hot,fa ealdo; it is cold, fa freddo; it
is fine weather,fa bel tempo; it is windy, fa it
is dark, fa OIcUro; &c.
A SYNOPTICAL TABLE
01' Tm:
VARJATIONS OF THE REGULAR VERBS,
SHOWING THEIR DIPPEUNT TERMINATIONS IN THEI:& stMPLJ: TENSE
...
to
aD
First Conjugation. Second Conjugation. Third ConjugatiOll.
;
INFINITIVE. Present. [am-] are. [tem-] ere. [cred-] ere. [a6borr-] (re.
GBRUND. Present. ando. Bado. endo.
{ ~ ~ 06,
Ito, -I, ito, -G.
~
PARTICIl'LB. Present.
at., .." uti, -e. iti, -e.
r
9, 0, leo,
i, I, i, tsci,
fPnumO
(I;
";
e, wee;
iafflO, icimo, it.i.o,
6.t., 41e, fte,
CIllO. ono.
ona, UCOIIO.
1
6ua
;
6ui,
""a;
illJamO,
.ate,
al7ano.
erJtlt M, (lei),
eui,
iva, ea;
lI'amo,
pdte,
617aJ10,
iN, fa,
in
, ,
..a, fA;
NHinIo,
.ate,
fl7aJ1O, faJIO.
INDIOATIVE.
: }.
!
0;, it, 6tti,
asll, hIl,
P
'-I: .. 't QI I, 6tte, (eo);
<ilJ IIc-J.na ,I. ammo hItmo
, ,
Glte,
arrmo, (aro, arlo Utero, (ero).
ii,
tti, (10) ;
immo,
lste,
irrmo.
!
{
llrO'
ertJi,
, em;
Puturo-iMejinate. erhM,
. mit,
erO
erai,
erd;
erefllO,
",eta,
"..".
iro,
ir6l,
ird;
irhM,
ir&"
i...".
...
!
rmi, (eria), mi, (eria), irei, (iria),
t.-
eresti, iresti,
8
, CONDITIONAL.
PRIen'.
t........ (<ria); ....... (<ria);
irebbe, (ina) j
eremmo, eremmo, iremmo,
ereste, ereste, ireste,
ere6bero, (maRO, mbbero, (enaRO, erieno). irebbero, (in-
[erieno).
[CIRO).
{; ...
i, i,
"ei,
I
uaKUTrn.
I; a;
a, uca;
iamo, iamo, iamo,
ate,
'te,
iRO. aRO.
IIJIO, (sellJlO.
1
(e), a,
a,
"ea,
II
If a, i, a, i; (sea, (stAi,
r
Prumt.
i, (e) ; a;
a,
itimo, ia"",,
iamo,
iate,
wte,
IRO. ano.
GM, fllicmC10
ANALOGY.
Oflrregtdar Yerb,.
In the irregular verbs, the irregularities are chiefly
confined to the pruent tense of all the fI'IOOtlI, the perfect-
definite of the indicati1Je, and the participle j but in these
tenses some of the persons remain regular. The irreg-
ular persons are here marked with an asterisk.
JTariatirm of the lrrf'gular JTarb, ofthe First CotVusatiott.
There are but four simple verbs in the first conjugation,
which do not follow the paradigm already given; viz.
andare, to go; dare, to give; fare, to do or to make;
,tare, to be, to dwell, to stand, or to stay.
Variation of the verb andare.
In the variatioD of the inep1ar verbl, we Iball give onlr the limple
tlIDlel, Iltcept In the irajinmtle, where the,." """II pYeD to Ihow
the an:dllary with wbleb the verb II varied.
INI'INlTIVL
anddre,
were andato,
IIndcindo.
andcito,
~ e s m t
togo.
.
PfUt.
to haTe gone.
GERUND.
going.
PAllTICIPLB.
gone.
..
"0 or 'lJado
.,,"i, ,
."".
tmdiamo,
Clndtite,
-"riranD,
ClndtJ"a, ,"c.
IMDICATIV
Premat.
I go; or am geing ;
thou goest; &e.
he. she, or it goes; &te
'we go; &e.
you go; &C.
they go; &e.
-perfut.
I went; or did go; or wu
[going; &e.
Perfed-definite.
I went; or did go ; &e.
Future-i"dejinite.
11M"' rby contraction I ~ l l or will go; &c.
for tmdero], 4"c.
CONDITIONAL.
Present.
alldr.H [by ctSntrac-
tiOD for anderel1 (aD-
deria, andria), &C.
I should, would, or could go ;
or might go; &te.
"a,
-"dd4.
andidmo,
Clndtite,
-"adano,
IHl'EllATIn
go thou j
let him. her, Or it go ;
let us go;
go ye;
- let them go.
10&
*,,6da,
*1JIida (.Ada),
*"cida,
IIndicimo,
a.r&ditite,
*,,6dclftO,
AlfALOGY.
00If1VWOri'
Present.
that I go i or may 10;
that thou goest i &c.
that he, she, or it goes J &e.
that we go i &c.
that you go i &e.
that they go i &e.
I.perfect.
inwent i or should go i &c.
d4re,
Variatioo of the verb daN,
INI'INITIVE.
Present.
to give.
dtito,
PlUt.
to have given.
giriDg
,la'l'ICI1'LB.
given.
do,
ddi,
.ld,
dicimo,
date,
-danno,
I give; or am ;
thou givest; &e.
he, she, or it gives; &0.
we,give; &c.
lOG give; &te.
they give; &te.
Imperfect.
I gave i or dW or was
LgmDg; &te.
Perjec'-dejinite.
"'dim, or dibi), I gave, j or did lPW! ;
"'delti, thou 'gavest; &e.
*dette, or dide (d160,
[die), he, she, or it gave; &te.
we gave; &te.
*delte, you gave; &te.
dettero, or .diuerO}
(dierono, diero, they gave; &c.
[dier, derno),
daro, etc.
Future-inrkjinite.
I shall, or will give; &te.
CONOI'l'IONAL.
Present.
darei oS-c.
18
I should, would, or could
[give; or j &te.
206
. UlPElU.TlVE.
dd,
da,
diamo,
date,
dfano or dfeno,
give thou j
let him, her, or it give j
let us give j
give ye j
let them give.
CONJUNCTIVE.
da,
-d!l or *di,
*dia,
diamo,
diate,
*dfGno or *dimo,
*du.i,
Present.
that I give j may give;
that thou givest j &c.
that he, she, or it gives; &
that we give j &C.
that you give j &c.
that they give j &c.
Imperfect.
if! gave j or should give;
[&c.
Variation of the verbjdre.
INFINITIVE.
fare,
jatto,
Present.
to do, or to make.
Past.
to have done.
GERUND.
doing.
..
fa (faccio) ,
*jai,
fa (lace).
*jaccifJmo.
fate,
*fanno (fan),
VERB.
pARTICIPLE.
dODe.
INDICATIVE.
Present.
I do j or am doing;
thou doest j &c.
he, sh'e, or it does j &c.
we dO-j &c.
you do j &c.
the)' do; &c.
207
Imperfect.
*faceoa, or facea (fea), I did j or was doing; &c.
[4-c.
Perfect-de.ftnite.
*feci (iei). I did j
zacu'i (fs.ti), thou !lidst j
"fece (feo,fe'), he did j
*facemma (femmo). we did j
face.te (fellte). you did j
*fecero (fen, fenno j ~
fer, fero, f ~ r n o f e they did.
rano),
Future-indefinite.
-.taro, 4"c. I shall or will do j &c.
CONDITIONAL.
Present.
farei (faria, fare'), 4-c. I should, would, or could do j
[or Itlight do j &c.
103
ANALOGY.
fa,
*faccia,'
facciamo,
fate,
"faRRO,
do thou;
let him, lier, or it do j
let us do ;
do ye;
let them do.
CONJUIlfCTIVE"
*faccia,
*ffsccia,
faccia,
;C,acciamo,
raccitite,
fdcciaRo,
Present.
that I do j or may do j
that thou doest; &c.
that he, she, or it does j &c.
that we do j &c.
that yon do; &e.
that they do j &c.
Imperfect.
if I did ; or Mould do j
if thou diiJst i l.tc
if he, she, or it did i &c.
if we did; &1.
if you did j &c.
if they did; &c.
*.face88i (fessi),
"facessi (fessi),
fach,e (fe-sse),
faoessimo,
(feste),
*facessero (fesseno,
[fessono),
Variation of the verb ,tare.
INFINITIVE.
Present.
to staniJ, stay, to dwell, er
[to be.
dando,
dato,
VERB.
Past.
to have stood.
GERUND.
standing.
PARTICIPLE.
stood.
INDICATIVE.
209
,to,
sttii,
,ta,
,tiamo,
,tate
*,tanno,
~ a v a ,s.c.
,tetti (ltei),
,testi,
*,tette (ste),
Present.
I stand; or am standing; &te.
tholl standest; &e.
he, she, or it stands; &te.
we stand; &e.
you stand; &te.
they stand; &e.
Imperfect.
I stood; or waa standing; &te.
Perfect-dejinite.
. I stood;
thou stoodst ;
he, she, or it stood;
sUmmo, we stood;
steste, yOIl stood;
.stettero (stero, ster, they stood.
[stiero, stier),
Future-indejinite
,taro; 4-c. I shall, or will stand; &te.
IS
210
AN4J.,QG-Y.
CONDITIOIUL.
Prue",t.
J should, would, or could
stand j or might stand; &e.
lllQ':BJU.TIVI:.
stand thou;
Jet him, her, or it stand;
let us stand;
stand ye;
, let them stand.
,titi,no,
stdte,
stfano or at'eno,
CONJUNCTIVE.
stia,
*atia or *"Si,
*,fta,
,namo,
,tidt"
,Aano or steno,
Prelent.
,that I stand; or P1ay.eland;
that tho'] standest j .&c.
that he, her, or it lltaQd&; &C.
that we stand j &e.
that you stand; &c.
that they stand; '&c.
lmptrfect.
if I stood; or should stand;
[&e.
" It should be observeil, that the above verbs,
fare excepted, in some of their become
regular; as, rianrJare, to go back again; trcl.lanaare,
to go beyond j so"rastare, to threaten; are all
varied like amare. Fare, in its compounds, always pre-
serves its irregularities.
VariatiOfl ofthe lrregula'f-VU'h. ofthe SecondConjugatiOfl.
Variation of the l""egular Verhs in ere tJccmted.
There are seventeen verbs in ere accented, which are
irregular i viz.
cadere,
disl1W.dire,
dolere,
giacere,
pnre,
permatUre,
piacere,
potere,
rimanere,
,opere,
,edere,
tacere,
"aUre,
"edere,
flo16re,
to faU i
to dissuade;
to grieve;
to owe;
to lie dOWIU
to seem;
to persuade;
to please;
to able;
to remain;
to knQw;
to sit down;
to silence;
to hold;
to w9rtb;
to see;
to .",iLl.
Varlation of v.erb cad&-e.
IN,FINITIVB.
Presen.t.
c:adere, to fall.
PIUt.
to have faUell-
A.NA.LOGY.
," ,
caduto,
falling.
PARTICIPLE.
fallen.
INDICATIVE.
Pruent.
cado (caggio), .
cadi,
cade,
cadiamo (caggiamo),
cadete, .
cadOno (caggioRO),
I fall ;
thou fallest j
he, she, or it falls;
we fall;
you fall;
they falI.
Imperfect.
cadeva or cadell, ttc. I fell; .&c.
Per:fect-definite.
"'cliddi, (cadei, cadetti), I fell j
cadesti, thou fellest;
*cadde (cadeo, cadette, he, she, or it fell ;
[cade),
cademmo, we fell j
cadeste, you fell j
caddero (cadero, ca-}
[der; caderono, ca they fell.
[dettero),
Future";ndifinite.
cadero (cadr3), 4-c.
I shall, or will fall; &e.
us
CONDI'I'IOJl'.u..
Pramt.
carlerei (cadrei, eade- I Ilhould, would, or could fall;
[ria, eadria), &c. . [or might fall; &c.
UIl'ElUTJVE.
clJdi, tc. fall thou; &c.
Pruent.
carla (caggia)J
cada (eaggia),
cdda (cdggia),
caditimo (eaggiamo),
eadiate (caggiate),
tJ6.dano (caggimwl),
that I fall; or may fall ;
that thou fallest; &e.
that he, she, odt falls; &c.
th.t W8 fall; &e.
that you fall; &C.
that they fall; tIie.
"
Imperfect.
if I fell i or should fall; &c.
Variation of the verb dilnMulere.
l'!eSfJ
7I
',
to dissuade.
Past.
to have dissuaded; or to be
dissuaded.
114 ANALOG'Y.
GERUND.
*dimltUo,
di,lUfido, etc.
*dirltUUi,
dir,uaderti,
dir,ua,e,
dirruademmo,
di'8Uadeste,
-di,ruasero,
di,madero, 4-c.
dissuading.
PAR'lIICIPLE.
dissuaded.
INDUlATIVE.
Pruent.
I dissuade; &c.
. lmperfect.
I dissuaded; &c.
Perfect-definite.
I dissuaded;
thou dissuadest j
he, she, or it dissuaded;
we dissuaded j .
you dissuaded;
they dissuaded.
Future-inrkfinite.
I shall, or will dissuade ; &c.
CONDITIONAL.
Present.
(dissuade- I should, would, or could
. [da},4-c. [dissuade; or might dis-
[suade; &c.
aunuidi, etc.
VERB.
lKPJlB.lTIVE.
dissuade thou j &C.
CONJUNCTIVE.
~ e s e n t
215
that I dissuade; or may ~
[suade; &c.
Imperfeet.
if I dissuaded; or should
[dissuade; &c.
dolere,
Variation ofthe verb doMre.
INFINITIVE.
Present.
to grieve.
Past.
elltJre [""1 doluto,
dolendo,
doluto,
to have grieved.
GBRUND.
grieving.
.ARTICIPLE.
grieved.
AlIALOGY.
d6lgo (d6glio),
"d'oli,
"duole (dOle),
doglidmo,
floUt.,
tl6lgano (dbgliorae),
I grieve;
thou grievest;
he, she, or it grieves;
we grieve;
you grieve;
they grieve.
d6lri,
doUlti,
"dolse,
dolute,
d6lsero,
Imperfect.
doleva or 4-c. I grieved; &c.
Petject-ikjinite.
I grieved;
thou grievedllt;
he, she, or it grieved;
we grieved;
y-ou grieved;
they grieved.
Future-indefinite.
dorro rby contraction I shall or will grieve; &c.
[for dolero), 4'c.
CONDmolUL.
PreSeflt.
(dorria) [by I should, would, or could
[contractiontor do- [grieve, or might grieve ;
i (doleria)] , 4-c. [&c.
211
IUUATIVL
*du6li,
'*d6lga (d6glia),
doglitJmo,
doMte,
*d6lgano (d6gliano),
grieve thou i
let him, her, Of' it grieve i
let us grieve i
grieve ye i
let them grieve.
CONJUNCTIn.
Prumt.
that! grieve i Of' maygrieve;
that thou grievest i ,&c.
thatae,8he,oritgrieves; &c.
that we grieve; &C.
that you grieve; &c.
that they grieve i &c.
*d6lga (d6glia),
*d6lga (d6glia),
*d6lga (d6glia),
doglic1mo,
dolete,
*d6lgano (d6gliano),
dolun, ~
lmpeife.ct.
if I grieved i or should
[grieve i &c.
Variation of the verb do-oere.
INFINITIVE.
dO'Dere,
Present.
to owe.
Past.
to bave owed,
r
GERUND.
doendo,
19
owing.
218 ANALOGY.
PARTICIPLE.
dO'Outo, owed.
IlI'D1CATIVE.
Preaent.
*devo or *debbo (deg- lowe;
[gio),
*dvi (dei), thou owest ;
or {dee), he, she, or it owes;
dobbiamo (debbiamo,
deggiamo,devemo), Swe owe;
dovete, you owe;
*devono or debbono
deana, they owe.
aenno),
Imperfect.
dovva or dovea, 4-c. lowed; &c.
Perfect-difinite.
or dO'Vetci, otc. lowed j &c.
Future-indefinite.
dovero or dovro, I shall or will owe; &c.
CONDITIONAL.
Preaent.
doverei or dovrei (do- 2I should, would. or could owe;
veriaordovria),4-c. [or might "we; &c.
IMPERATIVE.
VERB.
CONJUNCTIVE.
present.
219
tIIdebba tdeggia), that lowe, or may owe;
debba that thou owest; &c.
*debba deggia), that he, she, or it owes; &c.
*dobbiamo (deggiamo), that we owe; &c.
*dobbiate, (deggiate), that you owe j &c.
*debbano (deggiano), that they owe; &c.
Imperfect.
ifI.owed; or should owe; &c.
Variation of the verb giacere.
INFINITIVE.
Present.
to lie down.
Past.
,
a'l1ere orellere giaeiuto, to have lain down.
GERUND.
giacendo,
giaciuto,
lying down.
l'.lRTICIPLE.
lain down.
220 ANALOGY.
Prumt.
gWccio,
gUici"
gilzce, .
giaccwmo,
giacete,
gidcciono,
IHe down;
thou Hest down;
he, she, or it lies down;
we lie down;
you lie down ;
they lie down,
Imperfect.
gi4ce'Oa or giGcea, 4-c. I lay down j &C.
giacemmo,
giace8te,
*giacquero,
giacero, otc.
Perfect-definite.
I lay doWD;
thou layest down j
~ she, or it lay down j
we lay down;
you lay down;
they lay down.
FuwrHntkjinite.
I ehall or will lie down j kc.
CONDlTIOIUL.
Pruent.
~
I should, would, or could lie
giacerei (giaceria).4.c. down; or might lie down;
&c.
VERB.
IMPERATIlVE.
221
giaccia,
..giaccidJno,
giacete,
..giacciano,
gifzccia,
-giaccia,
giaccidmo,
giaciate,
giacciao,
giaceSli, etc.
lie thou down;
let him;her, or it lie down;
let us lie down;
lie ye down;
let them lie down.
CON.JUNCTIVE.
Present.
that I lie down; or may lie
[down;
that thou liest down; &c.
that he, she, or it lies down;
[&c.
that we lie down; &c.
that you lie down; &c.
that they lie down; &c.
Imperfect.
if I lay down; or sbo.uld
[lie down; &c.
Variation of the verb parere.
INFINITIVE.
Present.
to seem.
Past.
parot",
19-
to have aeemed.
222 ANA.LOGY.
GERUND.
parendo,
par(do,
paio,
pari,
pfr.re (par),
seeming.
PARTICIPLE.
seemed.
INDICATIVE.
Present.
I seem;
thou seemest;
he seems;
pariamo,
pare-te,
paiono or parono,
we seem;
you seem;
they seem.
Imperfect.
parva or parea, ~ I seemed; &e.
Perfect-definite.
parvi (parsi),
paresti,
parve (parse),
paremmo,_
pare-sie,
.parvero (parsero),
I seemed;
thou seemedst;
ho, she, or it seemed;
we seemed;
you seemed;
they seemed.
Future-i,ndefinite.
parro [by contraction I shall or will seem; &0.
[for parero] , otc.
VERB.
CONDITIONAL.
Present.
228
parrei (parrfa), [by I should, would, or could
contraction for pa- seem j or might leem ;
rerei (pareda], &c. &c.
1I11'ERATlVE.
{:dri,
paia,
pariamo,
parete,
paiano,
paia,
paia,
paia,
pariamo,
.paiate,
paiano,
pare,si, 4-c.
seem thou j
let hini, her, or it seem;
let us seem;
seem ye;
let them seem.
CONJUNCTI VE.
Present.
that I seem; or may seem;
that thou seemest; &c.
that he, she, or it seems; &c.
that we seem; &c.
that you seem j &c
that they seem; &c.
Imperfect.
if I seemed j or should seem;
[&c.
Variation of the verb persuadere.
[See dissuadere, p. 213.J
224
ANALOGY.
Variation of the verb piacere.
INFINITIVE.
Present.-
p i c ~ r e
essere piaciuto,
to please.
Past.
to be pleased.
GERUND, &c.
[See giacere, p. 219.]
IMPERATIVE.
,
piaci,
piaccia,
piacciamo,
piacciat"
piacciano,
*piaccia,
*piaccia,
*piaccia,
*piacciamo,
*piacci6.te,
"piDcciano,
please thou;
let him,her,orit please;
let us please;
please ye;
let them please.
CONJUNCTIVE.
Present.
that I please; or may please j
that thou pleasest; &c.
that he, she, or it pleases; &c.
that we please; &c.
that you please; &c.
that they please; &0.
,
VEIlB.
VariatioD of the verb potere.
I1Q'1NITIVW.
Pramt.
to be able.
Pat.
GBBUND.
p o t ~ n o
potUto,
being able.
PAIlTIOII'Lll:.
been able.
INDICATIVi.
Pramt.
p6uo
*pu6i (PU6'), ,
puo u;u6te, pate),
possiamo (potemo),
~ t ~ t e
p6ssoflO(p6mao, pon),
I am able;
thou art able;
be, sbe, or it ia able i
we are able;
you are abld;
they are able.
[mperfect.
potella or potea, ete. I was able; &c.
Pufeet-definiie.
potei, etc. I was able i &C.
226
ANALOGY.
Future-inde.ftnite.
potrO [by contraction I shall or will be able; &c.
[for potero], otc.
CONDITIONAL.
Presen.t.
potrei (potffa) [bYl
contraction for PO-J I should, would, or could be
terei (potma)]Cpo- able j or might be able; &c.
ria), otc.
IMPERATIVE.'
be thou able;
let him, her, or it be able;
~ o s s i m o
possiate,
p6ssano,
*p6ssa, 4-c.
potessi, otc.
let us be able;
be ye able;
let them be able.
CONJUNCTIVE.
Present.
that be able; or may be
[able; &c.
Imperfect.
if I was able; or should be
[able; &c.
VERB.
Variation of the verb rimanere.
INFINITIVE.
Present.
227
rimanere;
essere rimasto,
-rimanendo,
to remain. ,-
Past.
to have remained.
GERUND.
remaining.
PARTICIPLE.
rimasto (rimaso), remained.
INDICATIVE.
Present.
rimft.ngo, (rimagno),
rimani,
rimft.ne,
rimaniamo,
rimanete,
rimangono,
I remain;
thou remainest ;
he, she, or it remains;
we remain;
you remain;
they remain.
Imperfect.
rimaneva or rimanea, I remained ; &c.
ote.
128
ANALOGY.
Perfect-deflnite.
l/lriflldri,
riflltJJlesti,
-rimcUe,
rimanelee,
'"rimasero,
I remained;
thou remained't ;
he, ahe, or it remained ;
we remained;
you remained;
they remained.
F'attlrHndefinite.
rimarrO (by contrao-}
tion for rimanero], I ,hall or will remain; &c.
otc.
CONDITION.I.L.
Presmt.
rimarrei II should, would, or could
b! for remain; or might re-
nmtmerea (nmane- main; &c.
ria)], otc.
,
IMPERJ.TIVJ:.
rimani,
-rimanga,
rimaniamo,
rimanete,
-rimangano,
remain thou ;
let him, her, or it remaill ;
let us remain;
remain ye;
let them remain.
VERB.
ri7llanga (rimagna),
rimtingfl (rim3goa),
rimt.ingu;
rimanitimo,
rimanitite,
ri7llang(JJl(),
thad remain; ormayllemainj
that thou remainest ; &c
that he, Ibe, or itr8lUaial ; &c.
that we remain;. &C.
that you remain; &c.
that they remain; &C.
rimanesn, 4'e. if I ,emained; Of' should re-
[main; &c.
saFe,
Variation eI the verb sapere.
INl'llfITIVJ:.
Pruent.
to know.
Past.
to have kIl.QWJl.
a8B1JJ1D.
knowing.
PUTICIPLE.
sapUto,
20
known.
JSo- ANALOGY.
Presmt.".
'0,
,ai,
,a (d.pe),
'Clppidmo,
'apete,
sanno,
I know;
thou knowest ;
be, she, or it kDOWS ;
we know;
you know;
they know.
I,lIper!ed.
,ape"a or sapea, te. I knew; &c.
seppi,
sapesti,
seppe,
sapemmo,
,apeste,
seppero,
Perfect-definite.
I knew;
thou knewest ;
he, sbe, or it knew;
we knew;
you knew;
they knew.
Future-irukfinite.
sapro [by eontraction I sball or will know; &C.
[for sapero], <te.
CONDITIONAL.
Present.
saprti (sapria)[bycon- I sbould, would, or could
traction for 'ape- [know; or might know;
r6; (saperia)],<te. [&c.
VERB. ;
281
*sappi,
sappia,
.appia7flO,
sappiate,
SappiflaO,
sapes,i, te.
UIP.ILA'I'IV
know thou;
let him, her, or it know;
let us kaow;
know ye;
let them know.
CON'UlICTIVE,
Pruent.
that I know j or may know j
[&c.
Imperfect.
if I knew; or should know;
[&c.
Variation of the verb setUre.
INFINITIVE.
Present.
seclere, to sit.
PlUt.
avere or esser.i sedllto, to have sat.
gERUND.
setUnrJo (seggendo), sitting.
PAB.TICIPLlI:.
seduto,
seated.
Pres.t.
I .it;
thou sittest;
he, she, or it lite ;
IlIltli6mD or -we sit ;.
Ilwete, you sit;
,iedono or seggrJFIo, they sit.
Imperfect.
secU"" or secUa, foe. I sat; &c.
Perfeet-de.fi1lite.
I sat; &c.
Future-indefinite.
sederlJ (sedr/), foe. I shall or will sit j &c.
CONDITIONAL.
Prcsfl1lt.
sederei (sedrei, seck- I should, would, or could sit;
[ria), foe. [or might sit; &c.
IMPElUTIVE.
siedi,
or *,egga,
sit thou; ,
let him, ,her, tit' it llit ;
sediamo (seggiamo), let us sit;
sedete, sit ye ;
siedano or let them sit.
that thou sittest; &c.
that I sit; or !pay sit j
that he, she, or it sits; &c.
that we sit; &c.
that you sit; &c.
that they sit j &c.
VERB.
CONJUNCTIVI!:.
PNlent.
sieda or
gla),
sieda or segga(seg-
gia or seggi),
Bieda or *segga,
sediamo or *seggiQ,mo,
sediate (seggiate),
siedaM or seggano
(Ieggiltno),
Imperfect.
2SS
if I sat; or should sit ; &c.
tacere,
Variation of the verb tat:ere.
Prumt.
to be sUent.
Prut.
or e"".si'tat:ifJ.to, to have been silent.
GERUND.
tacendo, being silent.
PA.RTICIPLE. .
been silent.
tflno (taccio),
tan,
tdee,
ANALOGY.
I am sile.t;
thou art silent ;
b., she, .". it is sileDt ;
tanamo,
t(J(;ete,
tantmO
we are silent;
you are silent I
they are silellt.
bnperfeet
or t(J(;ea, te. I was silent; &c.
Perftct-definite.
"'tdcqui,
tace4ti, .
"'tticque,
tacemmo,
taceste,
t(J(;quero,
t(J(;ero, 4'c.
I was .ilent ;
thou wast silent;
he, she, or it was silent;
w. were silent;
you were silent;
they were silent.
I shall or will be silent; &c.
CONDITIONAL.
Pruent.
Perfect-dejinite.
I arrived;
thou arrivedst;
he, she, or it arrived;
we arrived;
you arrived;
tlley arived.
Future-indejinite, <tc.
o The verb stringere, to bind; and its compounds, in the
participle make stretto, bound; &c.
All verbs ending in gere preceded by an n (ngere),
may also end in gnere; as giungere or giugnere, to ar-
rive i stringere or strignere, to bind; &c.
V,ERB.
Variation of the verb mergere.
(Third paradigm of the verbs ending in gere.)
INFINITIVE.
Present.
257
m e r g ~ e
*avere or 6ssere m6rso,
to dive.
Past.
to have dived.
GERUND.
mergendo,
diving.
PARTICIPLE.
merso, dived.
INDIC.A.TIVE.
Pruent.
m6rllo, 4'c.
I dive; &c.
Imperfect.
merg6va or mergea, 4'c. I dived; &c.
~
258
-mersi,
mergesti,
-merse,
mergemmo,
m e r ~ e t e
-mersero,
ANALOGY.
Perfect-dejinite.
I dived;
thou divedst ;
he, she, or it dived;
we dived;
you dived;
they dived.
Future-indejinite, etc.
Variation of the verb leggere.
leggere,
(Paradigm of the verbs ending in gg'ere.)
INFINITIVE.
Present.
to read.
Past.
leggendo,
to have read.
GERUND.
reading.
PARTICIPLE.
read.
leggo, ~
leggeva or leggea, ~
VERn.
INDICATIVE.
Present.
I read; &c.
I,nperfect.
I read; &c.
259
iff Iessi,
leggesti,
*zesse,
leggemmo,
leggeste,
*Ussero,
Perfect-definite.
I read;
thou readst;
he, she, or it read;
we read;
you read;
they read.
Future-indefinite, ~
Verbs inggere preceded by an u (uggere), may be syn-
copated into urre; as, distruggere or distrUrre, to de-
stroy; &c. And consequently they are syncopated in
the future-indefinite and in the present of the conditional;
as, distrurro, 1 shall or will destroy j distrurrei (distrur-
ria), I should, would, or could destroy; &c.
Variation of the verb c6gliere.
(Paradigm of the verbs ending in gliere.)
INFINITIVE.
Present.
c6g1iere, to gather.
260
fJf1ere c61to,
*c6lto,
*colgo (c6glio),
c6g1i,
ANALOGY.
PlUto
to have gathered.
QZ1\UND.
gathering.
P-"1\TICIPLE.
gathered.
INDICA.TIVE.
Present.
I gather-;
thou gatherest ; &c.
Imperfect.
coglielJa or I gathered; &c,
c6lsi,
cogliesti,
-c6lse,
cogliemmo,
cogliesti,
-c6lsero,
I
Perfect-definite.
I gathered;
thou gatheredst ;
he,. she, or it gathered;
we gathered j
you gathered;
they gathered.
Future-indejixite,
VERB.
261
Verbs in the infinitive ending in gliere; as c6gliert,
to gather; scegliere, to choose, &c. may be syncopated
into corre, to gather j scerre, to choose; &c. They are
consequently syncopated in the future-indeflnite, and in
the present of the conditional, making cogliero or cOTr(},
I shall or will gather; scegliero or surra, I shall or will
choose; (coglieria), or (corria), I should;
would, or could gather; sceglierei (sceglierfa), or scerrei
(scercia), I should, would, or could choose j &c.
Variation of the verb spegnert.
(Paradigm of the verbs ending in gnere.)
INFINITIVE.
Present.
spegnere,
*avere
spegnendo,
*spento,
to extinguish.
Past.
to have extingl1ished.
GERUND.
extinguishing.
PARTICIPLE.
extinguished.
262
spengo (spEgrto),
sp8gni, tc.
ANALOGY.
INDICATIVE.
Present.
I extinguisb ;
thou extinguisaest; &c.
Imperfect.
I extinguished; &C.
*spensero,
Perfect-definite.
I extinguished;
thou extinguishedst ;
he, she, or it extinguisbed ;
we extinguished;
you extinguished;
'they extinguished.
Future-indefinite, tc.
Verbs ending in gnere may end also in ngere; as,
spegnere or spengere, to extinguish; dgJUre or ctngere,
to gird j &c.
Variation of the verb distf.nguere.
(Paradigm of die verbs ending in guere.)
INFINITIVE.
Present.
distinguere, to distinguis9'
"'avere distinto,
distinguendo,
"'distznto,
distZnguo, tc.
VERB.
Past.
to have distinguished.
GERUND.
distinguishing.
PARTICll'LE.
distinguished.
INDICATIVE.
Present.
I distinguish; &c.
263
Imperfect.
distinjue"a"or distinguea, I distinguished, &c.
. [ete.
Perfect-de.finUe.
*distZnsi,
distinguerti,
-*distznse,
distinguerlUM,
distingueste,
distins,ro,
I distinguished;
thou distinguishedst ;
he, she, or it distinguished;
we distinguished j
you distinguished;
they distinguished.
Future-intle.finite, etc.
ANALOGY.
Variation of the verb svMlere.
(Pilradigm of the verbs ending in lere.)
INFINITIVE.
Present.
svUlere,
*avere svUto,
svelIendo,
sve/to,
svello (sve-lgo),
$'Delli, <te.
Jveueva or svellea; <te.
to root up.
Past.
to have rooted up.
GERUND.
rooting up.
PARTICIPLE.
rooted up.
INDICATIVE.
Preaent.
I root up;
thou roote.st up ; &c.
imperfect.
I rooted up; &e.
VERB.
Perfect.definite.
.265
-,vUsi,
stJellesti,
svUse,
svemmmo,
"'elleste,
svelsero,
I ro.oted up ;
thou rootedst up ;
he, she, or'it rooted up ;
we rooted up ;
you rooted up ;
they rooted up.
Future-indefinite, <te.
The verb espUlere, to Qxpel; impellere, to impel; aad
their compounds, in the perfect make espulsi, I expel-
led; impislsi, I impelled; and in. the participle, espUlIo,
expelled; impUIso, impelled; &c.
Variation of the verb upnmere.
(Paradigm the verbs ending in mere.)
INFINITIVE,
Present.
espnmere,
. -
*avere espresso,
espnmendo,
28
to express.
Past.
to have expressed.
GERUND.
expressing.
ANALOGY.
PAKTlCIfl.Eo
expressed.
IIfDIC,A.TIVJ:.
Present.
nac
9
ui
,
nascesti,
*nticque,
nascemmo,
nasceste,
-nacquero,
Perfect-de.ftnite.
I was born;
thou wast born;
he, she, or it was- born;
we were born j
you were born j
they were born.
Future-intkfinite, otc.
VERB.
279
The verb xuocere, to hurt, and its compounds, follow
the same irregularity: n6cqui, I hurt; &c.
Variation of the verb r6mpere.
INFINITIVE.
_ r6mpere,
avere r6tto,
rompendo,
r6mpo, te.
Present.
to break.
Past.
to have broken.
GERUND.
breaking.
PARTICIPLE.
broken.
INDICATIVE.
Present.
I break; &c.
Imperfect.
rompefJa or r o m p ~ tte. I broke; &c.
rUppi,
rompesti,
*rt'lppe,
Perfect-rkfinite.
I broke;
thou brokest ;
he, she, or it broke;
280
rompemmo,
rompelte,
-",ppero,
ANALOGY.
we broke;
you broke;
. tbey broke.
Variation of tM Verb bevere or bere, to drink.
INFINITIVE:"
Pruent.
~ r (bevere),
ar1ere bevuto,
bevufo,
bevo (beD),
bev; (bei),
beve (bee),
beviamo,
bevUe (beete),
bevono (Mono),
to drink.
PlUto
to have drunk.
GERUND.
drinking.
PAR1'ICIPU1.
drunk.
INDICATIVE.
Present.
I drink;
thou drinkest ;
he, she, or it drinks;
we drink;
you drink;
they drink.
bevel1a or bel1ea, etc.
VERB.
Imperfect.
I drank; &c.
281
Perfect-definite.
beoei or bevetti, bevvi I drank;
(bebbi),
thou drankest ;
he, she, or it drank j
bel1esti,
or bevette, Mvve
(bebbe),
belJeste, .
bel1erono or bevMtero,
vero (bebbero),
we drank;
you drank;
they drank.
Fllture-indefinite.
bero (bevero, bevr/)),
berai (belJerai) ,
berd (beverd, bevra),
I shall or will drink;
thou shah or wilt drink;
he, sbe, or it shaH or will
drink;
berMe (belJerete),
beranno (belJeranno),
beremo (belJeremo, bevre- we shall or will drink j
rno),
you shall or will drink j
they shall or wiH drink.
CONDITIONAL.
Present.
lerei (belJerei, beveria, be-
[ria),
leresti (bel1eresti) ,
'erebbe (beverebbe, beveria,
[beria) ,
24-
I
I should, would, or could
[drink; or might drink;
thou shouldst, wouldst, or
[couldst drink; &c.
he, she, or it should, would,
[or could drink; &c.
282 ANALOGY.
(beveremmo),
bereste (bevereste),
berebbero (bevenanl1, be-
(Mano) ,
we should, would, or could
[drink; &c.
you should, would, or could
[drink; &c.
they should, would, or could
(drink; &c.
IMPERATIVE.
bevi (bili),
beva (bila),
beviamo,
bevete (beete),
Mvano (beano),
drin.k thou j
let him, her, or it drink;
let us drink;
drink ye; .
let them drink.
CONJUNCTIVE.
Present.
bevo Cb'ea),
bei),
that I drink; or may drink?
that thou drinkest; &c. .
that he, she, or it drinks; &c.
beviamo,
I beviate,
belJano (beam,
that we drink; &c.
that you drink; &c.
that they drink; &c.
[,nper/eet.
if I drank, or should drink j
if thou drankest; &c.
if he, she, .or it drank; &c.
if we &c.
if you drank; &c.
if they drank; &C.
bevessi,
bevessi,
bevesse,
bevessimo,
beveste,
bevessero (beessero, beesso-
[110),
VERB.
288
All these verbs in their compouDds preserve the
same irregularities, with the exception of a few, which
in some tenses become regular,.or have also a regular
formation, which will be noticed in the Table of tlae Ir-
regular VerbB.
Variation of tlae Irregular Verbs of tlae Third Conjuga-
tion.
The following are the Irregular verbs of the third
conjugation; viz.
cueire,
dire]
monre,
saltre,
segutzre,
ud(re,
useire,
venire,
cueire,
to sew;
to say;
. to die;
to ascend;
to follow;
to hear;
to go out;
to COIDe.
Variation of the verb cueir/!. I
INFINITIVE.
Present.
to sew.
Past.
to have sown.
284
c,,6to,
c"cio,
cUci,
,"ce,
c"cidmo,
c"cUe,
cvciono,
c"cf"a or cuda, etc.
ANALOGY.
GERUND.
sewing.
P4RTICIl'LE.
SOWD.
I1'fDIC4TIVE.
Present.
I sew;
thou sewest ;
he, she, or it sews;
we sew;
you sew;
they sew.
Imperfect.
I iewed; &c.
Perfect-definite, etc.
[See sentire, p. 149.]
DIPERATIVI:.
cuci,
*cUcia,
cuciamo,
cudte,
*cuciano,
cUcia,
*cucia,
cutia,
sew thou;
let him, her, or it sew;
let us sew;
sew ye;
let them sew.
CONJUNCTIY.E.
Present.
that I sew; or may sew;
that thou sewest; &c: .
that he, she, or it sewl f &c.
VERB.
8 ~
cuciamo, that we sew; &c.
cuciate, that you sew j &c.
*et1ciano, that they sew ; k.
Imperfeel:
cvcisri, etc. jf I sewed j or should sew;
[&c.
Variation of the verb dfl'e.
INFINITIV
Present.
dir. (dieer.', to say.
Past.
af1ere detto, to hi."ve said.
GERUND.
tlicentlo, saying.
PARTICIPLE
.
said.
INDICATIVE.
Present.
dieo, I say;
dei or *dl, thou sayest;
.lice,' be, sbe, ~ it says,;
diciamo,
we saYi
dfte,
you say j
dicOflO,
tbey say.
286
did,,,,. or dida, tc.
"dhn,
dfd,ti,
"dU,t,
dice-o,
dicestt,
dflltrO,
ANALOGY.
I.per/eet.
I said; &c.
I said;
thou saidest ;
he, she, or it said;
we said;
you said;
they said.
dirb [by
FaltllrHndeji"ite.
contraction for I shall or will say; &C.
dietrO], tc.
CONDITIONAL.
Pre,ent.
direi (diria) [by contrac- I should, would, or could
tion for dieerei (dice- [say; or miiht say;
ria)]; &c. [&c.
"dl,
dica,
dicitimo,
d{tt,
d,cano,
dica, te.
IJlPEJLATIVJ:.
lay thou;
let him, ber, or it say;
let us say i
say ye;
le.t them say.
CONJt1lfCTIVJ:;
Prtstflt.
I say; or may say; &e.
VERB.
28T
die6,si, te.
morire,
Imperfect.
I said; or should say; &c.
Variation of the verb morlre.
INFINITIVE.
Pre,ent.
to die.
Past.
.essere m6rto,
morendo,
to be dead.
GERUND.
dying.
PARTICIPLE.
dead.
Present.
mu6ro or -mu6io,
mu6ri,
*mu6re (mu6r),
moritimo,
mOMte,
-mu6rono or *mu6iono,
I die;
thou diest;
he, she, or it dies;
we die;
you die;
they die.
288 ANALOGY.
Iinperfut.
nIONo or moria, te. I died; &c.
Perfect-deftnite.
lUrii, te. I died; &e.
Futur"';ndeftnite.
mariro or morro, te. I shall or. will die; &c.
CONDITIONAL.
PreserU.
morirei or morrei (moriria
[or morria), &c.
I should, would, or could
[die; or might die; &c.
IMPERATIVE
mu6ri, die thou ;
mu6ra or *mu6ia (mora let him, her, or it die;
[or moia),'
moridmo,
moNte,
-mu6rano or muoiano,
let us die;
die ye;
let them die.
CONJUNCTIVE.
Present.
.mu6ra or l1Iu6ia,
*mu6ra or -mu6ia (mora
[or moia, mori),
-mu6"a or mu6ia,
moriamo,
moriate
*mu6rano or -mu6imao,
that I die; or may die;
that thou diest; &c.
that he, she, or it dies; &c.
that we die; &c.
that you die j &C.
that they die; &c.
VERB.
289
lmpeifect.
jf I died; or should die; &Ie.
Variation of the verb salire.
INI'INITIVE.
salve,
avere or essere salfto,
. salito,
Present.
to ascend.
s t ~
to have ascended.
GERUND.
ascending.
PARTICIPLE
ascended.
INDICATIV,JI:.
Present.
"saigo or salisco.,
sali or salfsci,
.sale or saltsce,
saliamo or ",aglia.mo,
salite,
*sfllgOfUl; qr; ,P;liseOfW. (56.,.
[gliono),
I ascend;
thou ascendest;
he, she, or it ascends;
we ascend;
you ascend;
they ascend.
.49lft!Q'RJ: $(Zlw, 4'e.
25
Imperfect
I ascended; &c.
290 ANALOGY.
Perject-Jejinite.
I ascended J
thou ascendedst j
he, she, or it ascended;
we ascended;
you ascended j
they ascended.
JcdJi (sal.n),
JaliJti,
Jail (,alse, salfo),
Jalimmo,
saliste,
Jalirono (sdlsero, sallro, sa-
[lir),
Future-i,nrkjinite, etc.
IMPERATIVE.
Jtili or saltsci,
salga or satisca (saglia),
saliamo or sagliamo,
salit'!,
salgano or salfscano,
ascend thou;
let him, ber, or it s e n ~ ;
let us ascend j
ascend ye;
let them ascend.
CONJUNCTIVE.
Present.
*s6.lga or saltsea (saglia),
sftlga or salisca,
Jalga or salisca,
saliamo or *logliamo,
satiate or *sagliate,
salgano or saliscano,
that I ascend j or may as-
[cend;
that thou ascendest; &c.
that he, she, or it ascends;
. [&c.
that we ascend; &c.
that )'OU ascend; &c.
that they ascend j &c.
ialissi, etc.
Imperfe.ct.
if I ascend; or should ~
[cend; .c.
segrdre,
VERB.
Variation of the verb seguire.
INFINITIVE.
Present.
to follow.
291
avere or essere seguito,
seguendo,
Past.
to have or to be followed.
GERUND.
followiug.
uguito,
segu!.. or *sieguo,
s ~ u or $' siegui,
segue or *siegue,
seguirimo,
seguite,
segllono or *sieguono,
PARTICIPLE.
followed.
INDICATIVE.
Pruent.
I follow;
thou followest ;
he, she, or it follows j
we follow;
you follow;
they follow.
Imperfect, 'tc.
IMPERATIVE.
segui or *siegui,
segua, or *siegua,
seguirimo,
seguite,
seguano or .sieguano.
follow thou;
let him, her, or it follow;
let us follow;
followye;
let them follow.
ANA.LOGY.
COIfJ11lll'CTIVE.
Prumt.
sCpa or -siegua,
sCpa or neg-a (segui or
[siegui),
sigua or -neg-a.
that I follow; or may fol-
[low;
that tbou followelt; &c.
that he, she, or it follows;
[&C.
seguiamo,
Jepwte,
seg-ano or -neguano,
that we follow; &c.
tbat you follow; &c.
. that tbey follow; &c.
Imp".jeet, te.
Variation of tbe verb udire.
INFINInVI:.
udire;
af1cre allito,
lldendo,
IIdito,
Present.
to hear.
Past.
to have beard. '
GERUND.
hearing.
PARTICIPLE.
heord.
VERB: .
INDICA.TIVB.
293
-600,
6di,
~ d e
tUliamo,
udite,
*6dono,
Present.
I hear;
thou hearest;
he, she, or it hears i
we hear i
you hear;
they hellr.
Imperfect, etc.
FutuT&'indejinite,
udiro or udro, etc. I shall or will hear; &c.
CONDITIONAL, &c.
IMPERATIVE.
6di,
-oda,
udicimo,
udite,
*6dano,
~ d a
-6da (odi),
*6da,
udiamo,
udiate,
-odano,
hear thou;
let him, her, or it hear;
let us hear;
hear ye;
let them hear.
CONJUNCTIVE.
Present.
that I hear; or may hear;
[&c.
that thou hearest I &c.
that he, she, or it hears; &c.
. that we hear; &c.
that you hear; &c;
that they hear i &1.
Imperfect, etc.
2:)-
%94
weirc,
enere us,;{to,
uscendo;
1I5C&to,
esco,
*esci,
~ s e
usciamo,
uscfte,
escono,
ANALOGY.
Variation of the verb usefre.
INFINITIVE.
Present.
to go out.
Past.
to have gone out.
GERUND.
going out.
PARTICIPLE.
gone out.
INDICATIVE.
Present.
I go out;
thou goestout ;
he, she, or it goes out;
we go out;
you go out;
they go out.
Imperfect, <tc.
..
VERB.
295
-esci,
-esca,
usciamo,
uscf.te,
-escano,
u ~ c i m o
uscicite,
*escano.
-venire,
IMPERATIVE.
go thou out;
let him, her or it go out;
let us go out;
go ye out;
let them go out.
CONJUNCTIVE.
Present.
that I go out; or may go
. [out;
that thou goest out; &c.
that he, she, or it goes out;
[&c.
that we go out; &c.
that you go out; &c.
that they" go out; &c.
Imperfect, <tc.
Variation of the verb ventre.
INFINITIVE.
Present.
to come.
Past.
-eucre venuto,
venendo,
to have come.
GERUND.
coming.
296
ANALOGY."
. I'Alt'l'ICll"LII:.
come.
INDICATIVB.
Pruent.
-fJengo (vegno),
'Dieni,
-mene,
fJmiamo (fJegnamo),
fJmUe,
-fJtrig0'!O (vegnono),
vae(va or fJmia, <te.
I come;
thou comest;
he, she, or it come. ;
we come;
you come;
they come.
Imperfect.
I came; &c.
-fJenni,
fJenisti,
-fJenne,
venimmo,
fJeniste,
-vennero (veniro),.
"Perfeet-de.finite.
I came;
thou carnest ;
he, she, or ii came ;
we came;
you came;
.they came.
FuturtHrukjinite.
tteTra [by contraction (or I shall or will come; &c.
fJeniro], <te.
CONDITIONAL.
Pr:esent.
fJerrei (verria) ~ contrae.- 'I should, would, or could
tion (or 'Denirei (veni- come; or might come;
ria)], <te. &c.
VERB.
IMPERATIVB.
291
"ieRi,
-venga,
veniamo,
venUe.
*vengano,
"enga,
-"enga,
"enga,
"enicimo,
veniate,
"engano,
come thou;
let him, her, or it come;
let us come;
come ye;
let them come.
CONJUNCTIVE.
Preleftt.
that I come; or may eome ;
that thou earnest; &C.
that he, she, or it comes;
. [&c.
that ye come; &C.
that you come; &c.
that they come; &c.
Imperfect, 4-,.
The verb bollfre, to boil, in the first person plural of
the present of the indicative and of the imperatifle, and
in the first and second persons plural of the present of
the conjunctive, changes II into gl, to distinguish these
persons from the corresponding ones of the verb bollare,
to seal; thus, bogliamo, we boil; bolliamo, we seal: bo-
I:'iamo, let us boil; bolliamo, let us seal: bogliamo, that
we boil; bolliamo, that we seal: bogliate, that you boil ;
bolljdte, that you seal. .
298
.ANALOGY.
Of Defective Verln.
[Thelll verba are uaed only in the tenset Bnd penont, which aN
here given.]
Variation of t he verb c l ~ r e
INFINITIVE.
Present.
to care for.
iller, CalNto,
calindo,
calilto,
cdle,
caleva or calea,
calevano or caleano,
Past.
to have cared for.
GERUND.
cariDg for.
PARTICIPLE.
cared for.
INDICATIVE.
Present.
he, she, or it cares for;
...' ..
Im.perfect.
I cared for;
they cared for.
VERB.
Perfeet-definite.
he, she, or it cared for;
IMPERATIVE.
299
ealesse,
(colere),j
(colo),
(cole),
let him, her, or it care for;
OONJUNCTIVE.
Present.
that he, she, or it cares for;
[or may care for;
Imperfect.
if I cared for; or should care
[for;
Variation of the verb colere.
INFINITIVE.
to adore.
INDICATIVE.
Present.
I adore;
he, she, or it adorl. ;
(pavere),
(pave),
(sHere),
(sUe),
solere,
I
ANALOGY.
VariatioD of. the verb ptmere.
INrINlTIVll:.
to fear.
DmICATIVE.
Present.
he, sbe, or it feara ;
Variation of the verb silere.
INrINITIVlll.
to be or to keep silent;
INDICATIVE.
Present.
he, she, or it is or keeps si-
[lent;
Variation of the verb soler,.
,
Pruent.
to be woot.
"!essere solito,
s6glio,
su6Ii,
"'su6le (sole),
*sogliamo (solemo),
solete,
s6g1iono,
VERB.
Past.
INFINITIVE.
(stup(lre), to be astonished.
INDICATIVE.
Present
. . .
,
(stupe), he, she
1
or it is astonished ;
Variation of the verb algue.
INFINITIVE.
~ I g e r e ,
(*alsi,)
(algesti),
(-alse),
t
RlgemmO),
algeste),
*a]sero),
(angere),
to be chill.
INDICATIVE.
Perfect-definite.
I was chill ;
thou wast chill ;
he, she, or it was chill ;
we were chill ;
you were chill ;
they were chill.
Variation of the verb angere.
INFINITIVE.
to afflict.
VEllB.
UIDIOATIVE.
Pre3ent
..
sos
(ange),
arr6gere,
arrogendo,
he, she, or it afflicts;
Variation of the verb arr6gere.
INFINITIVE.
to add.
GERUND.
adding.
PARTICIPLE.
flrr6to or arr6so,
atT6ge,
"arr6si,
arrogesti,
arr6se,
arrogemmo,
arrogeste,
-arr6sero,
added.
INDICATIVE.
Present.
he, she, or it adds;
Perfect-definite.
I added;
thou addedst ;
he, she, or it added;
"If added;
you added;
they added.
1J04
(capere),
(cape),
(Capella),
. (cherere),
(chero),
(chere),
convellere,
ANALOGY.
Variation of the verb capere.
INFINITIVE.
to comprehend.
INDICATIVE.
Pruent.
he, she, or it comprehends;
Imperfect.
he, she, or it comprehended;
Variation of the verb cherere.
INFINITIVE.
to demand.
INDICATIVE.
Present.
I demand;
he, she, or it demands;
Variation of the verb convUlere.
INFINITIVE.
Present.
to convulse.'
.1
I
*conIJUZso,
convelle,
convellono,
VERB.
GERUND.
convulsing.
PARTICIPLE.
convulsed.
INDICATIVE.
Pre,ent.
he, she; or it convulses;
they convulse.
Imperfect.
30:5
conIJelleva 01' convell6a, he, she, or it convulsed;
convelUvano or convelleano, they convulsed.
Future-inde.finite.
c07lvellerd,
convelleranno,
convellerebbe,
convellerebbero,
he, she, or it shall or will
[convulse;
they shall or will convulse.
CONDITIONAL.
he, she, or it should, would,
0'1' could convulse; or
might convulse;
they should, would, or could
convulse; &c.
806
convellesse,
convellessero,
ANALOGY.
CONJUNCTIVE.
Imperfect
. . . .
if he, she, or it convulsed or
[should convulse;
if they convulsed; &c.
Variation of the verb lecere and licere, or lecere and lieere.
INFINITIVE.
(lecere or lfcere),
reee or lice,
to be lawful.
INDICATIVE.
Present.
it is lawfuI ;
(m6Icere),
(mO,lci) ,
(molce),
Variation of the verb mOlcere.
INFINITIVE.
to assuage.
INDICATIVE.
Present.
thou assuagest ;
he, she, or it assuage. ;
~
m o l c e va,)
molcevi,)
molceva,)
riedere,
riedo,
riedi,
riede,
riedono,
VERB.
Imperfect.
I assuaged;
thou assuagedst ;
he, she, or it assuaged;
Variation of tho verb riedere.
INFINITIVE.
to return.
INDICATIVE.
Present.
I return;
thou returnest ;
he, she, or it returns;
they return.
307
riedeva or riedea,
riedevi,
riedeva or riedea,
riedevano or riedeano,
Imperfect.
-I returned;
thou returnedst ;
he, she, or it returned;
they returned.
CONJUNCTIVE.
rieda,
rieda,
rieda,
riedano,
Present.
that I return; or may re-
[turn;
that thou returnest; &c.
that he, she, or it returns;
[&c.
that they return; &c.
308
(serpere),
(serpendo),
(serpo),
(serpe),
(serpeva),
(serpevi),
(serpeva),
(serpevano),
<serpa},
,
(serpa,
(serpano),
ANALOGY.
Val iation of the verb serper.
INFINITIVE.
Present..
to creep.
GERUND.
creeping.
INDICATIVE.
Present.
I creep;
thou creepest;
he, she, or it creeps;
they creep.
imperfect.
I crept;
thou crept;
he, she, or it crept;
they crept.
CONJUNCTIVE.
P'"esent.
that I creep; or may creep;
that thou creepest; &c.
that he, she, or it cree os; &e.
that they creep; &e.
urgere,
urge,
VERB.
Variation of the verb urgere.
INFINITIVE.
to urge.
INDICATIVE.
Present.
he, she, or it urge. ;
Imperfect.
309
u r g ~ f or urgea,
urgevano or urgeano,
he, she, or it urged;
they urged.
(tangere),
(tange),
(vigere),
Variation of the verb tangere.
INFINITIVE.
to touch.
INDICATIVE.
Present.
he, she, or it touches;
Variation of the verb vigere.
INFINITIVE.
to' be vigorous.
810
(vige),
gire,
essere gito,
gito,
giamo,
gite,
ANALOGY.
INDICATIVE.
Present.
he, she, or it is vigorous ;
Variation of the verb {fire.
INFINITIVE.
Present.
to go.
Past.
to have gone.
PARTICIPLE.
gone.
INDICATIYE.
Present.
we go;
you go;
giva or g'ta, ~
gU, ~
Imperfect.
I went;. &c.
Perfect. definite.
I went; &c.
i
giro, tc.
VERB.
Future-indefinite.
I shall or will go; &c.
CONDITIONAL.
811
girei (giria), tc.
giamo,
gite,
gicimo,
giate,
gissi, <tc.
I should, would, or could go;
[or might go; &c.
IMPERATIVE.
let us go ;
go ye;
CONJUNCTIVE.
Present.
. that we go; or may go j
that you go; &c.
Imperfect.
if I went j or should go;
[&c.
ire,
Variation of the verb irt.
INFINITIVE.
Present.
to go.
812
e,sere {to,
to,
,te,
,va,
'"anD,
isti,
(ira, ir),
iremo,
irete,
iranno,
ANALOGY.
Past.
to have gone.
PARTICIPLE.
gone.
INDICATIVE.
Present.
you go;
J'lIperfect.
I went;
be, she, or it went;
we went.
Perfect-definite.
thou wentest
they went.
Future-indifinite.
we sball or willigo j
you shall or will!go ;
they shall or will go.
VERB.
CONDITIONAL.
313
(iriano),
{te,
"lire,
oliva,
olivi,
oliva,
olivfJfU1,
they should, would, or could
[go; or might go.
IMPERATIVE.
go ye;
Variation of the verb olfre.
INFINITIVE.
to smell.
INDICATIVE.
Imperfect.
I smelled;
thou smelledst ;
he, she, or it smelled;
they smelled.
General Obser'IJatiom on the Conjugations of Italian
Verbs, and the Formation of their Temes.
In all verbs there are four tenses, 8S well as the genlnd,
which are always regular, and have the same termina-
tiolls in all the conjugations.. These are the following:
The imperfect of the indicative-va, vi, va j v_,
,,6.te, vano.
21
314
ANALOGY.
The future-itukfinite-rlJ, rai, rd; remo, rete, r4nno.
The presmt of the wJUlitional-rei, resti, Tebbe; rCIfI-
11IO, reste, rebbero.
The imperfect of the conjum:tive--ssi, ssi, sse; SSifllO,
ste, ssero.
Tile
Except tbe tbree first persons, and tbe hut, of tbe imperfect of the
irulieali"e of tbe auxiliary verb CIIU'e, whicb makes era, bi, era;
erllflO; and Dot erava, eran, 4-c.
If the verbs end in the infiniti"e in are, the imperfect
of the indicati"e will always end in ava, am, a"a; tlr1a..
mo, a"ate, a"ano; as, amalia, amaTli, &c. And the i"...
perfect of the conjuncti"e will always end in assi, aSft,
aSle; assimo, aste, dssero; as, amassi, &c.
If the infiniti"e ends in ere or ere, the imperfect of the
indicati"e will end in eva, evi, e"a; &c.; as, ttme"a or
credeva; &c. And the imperfect of the conjunctive will
end in essi, &c.; as, temessi or credessi j &11:
And if the infinitive ends in ire, the formel: imperfect
"ilI end in f"a; as, senti"a; &c; and the latter in Is-
si; as, sentissi; &c.
The future-indejinite in verbs in are, ere or .ere, al-
ways ends in ero, erai, era; ere1lW, erete, eraliRO ; as, ame-
ro, temertii or crederai, tessera, &c.: and in verbs in ire,
it ends in iro, irai, ira., 4'c.; as, sentir;), sentirai, 4'c.
The present of tbe conditional in verbs in are, ere or
. ere, always ends in erei, eresti, erebbe; eremmo, ereste,
erebbero; as, amerei, temeresti or crederesti, 'esserebbe,
etc. : and in verbs in ire, it ends in i"ei, iresti, irebbe,
4'c.; as, sentiresti, 4'c.
The gerund of all verbs in are ends in ando; as,
amando; and that of all in ere or ere, (re, ends
in endo; as, temendo .or cretIendo, sentendo.
Tbe imperfect of tbe indiealitle of tbe verb fOre, is formed from
its ancient Latin inji'lilire, f6ere, syncopated into fare, and ends
io eVIJ; kc. as, faceva; kc. Tbe imperfect of tblloConjl.lnctive ends
io cui; &.c. as, faeem, kc. And the futureindefinite, and the
pruenl of tbe eonditional, end in arll and IJret j as,farll,farei; Ite.
VERB.
315
Dare and ,tare Rlso form thll future inaro and the conditional
in arei; as, duro, ,taro; dlZrei, ,tarei .. and iu the imperfect of the
make de.li, .teui.
Many verbs ending in ere, derived from the LRtin, are syncopal-.
ed iu the infinitiee and then their future Rnd conditional are so
likewise; thus, altlurre from adduure, t6rre from t6gliere, &c.
make addurro, torro; add"rrei, torrei, &c.
Some verbs eOlling in lere, nere, nire, though not syncopated in.
the i1!finitive; as, voMre, tenere,venire; are Sll in the future, and in
the conditional; as, oorro, terro, verro; 'oorrei, terrei, verrei.
All the irregularities of verbs, therefore, are confined.
to the preStnt and perfect-definite of the indicative, the'
imperative, the present of the conjunctive, and the parti-
ciple. In these tenses, however, the irregularities do
. not extend to all the persons,
In the present of the indicatipe, first and second
persons plural are always regular, and end in ia7ll0 aud
ate in the first conjugation; as, amiamo, amiate; in ici-
140 and ete in the second; as, temiamo or crediamo, te-
mete or credete; and in iamo and ite in the third; as,
sentiamo, sentUe.
In the perfect-definite, thare are also three persons,
which are always regular; the second singular, cnding
in sti, and the first aud second plural, ending in 7117110, and
in ste. If the verb ends in cire in the infinitive, these
persolls will end in asti, ammo, aste j as, amasti, amam-
7110, amaste: if the verb ends in ere or ere, they will end
in emmo, este; as, temtsti, credimmo, tesseste: and
if the verb. ends in ire they will end in uti, immo, 1ste j
as, sentisti, 'erttimmo, sentiste.
The auxiliary verb h.ere, in tbe perfect makesf6.ti,fummo,f6ste.
The verbs ddre, ffue, .Iare, make de.ti,/ace.Ii, .teati j &c.
Dire, srncopated from dicere, makes dice.ti, &c.
The first and second persons plural of the imperative
are always regular, and the same as the first and second
plural of the present of the indicative j as, amiamo, temid.
mo or crediamo, sentiamo; amcUe, temete or credUe, sen
tite. .
The two auxiliary verbs, in tbe second person pluraLof the im-
perative, make abbitite, n&le.
816
ANALOGY.
The first person plural of the present of the conjrmdive
is also always regular and the same as the first plural of
the present of the indicative; as, amUimo, temiamo or
crediamo, srntiamo.
The participk of all verbs in are is regular, and al-
ways ends in ato; as, amato.
Fare in the parlieiple takes another t, and makes leilto.
The participk of verbs in ere or ere may end in wo,
and tto, sso, or to) so; as, tem'Uto, creduto, lUJd letto,
m6sso, or giunto, arso
. Verbs in tre form their participles in to; as, senttto;
with the exception of a few, as will be found in the T.
ble of tM Irregular Verbs.
The first three persons of the present of the
tifJe are generally formed by dropping the last syllable
(re) of the infinitirJe, and changing the last vowel into 0,
i, a, for the verbs of the first conjugation; and into 0, i,
e, for the verbs of the second and third; as, [ama-re] amo, .
ami, ama; [teme-re or crede..,.e] temo, temi, teme, or cre-
do, crem, crUe; [senti..,.e] sento, senti, sente. The third
person plural is formed by adding no to the third person
singular ofvel'bs of the first conjugation, and by adding'
ao to the first person of verbs of the second and third;
as, [ama] amano; [temo or credo] temona or credono;
sentono.
The first person singular of the perfect-definite of all
verbs is generally formed by changing the syllable re of
the infinitive into i; as, [amare] amai, [temere or crede-
re] temU or credei, [sentire] sentii. And by changing ai
into 0, in verbs of the first and dropping
the final i of the first person, in those of the second and
third, is formed the third person singular; as, [amai]
am(}; [temU or credei] or [sentti] senft
The third person plural of verbs in are is formed
from the first singular, by dropping i and adding ro-
no; and of verbs in ere or ere, re, from the third per-
son singular, by adding rono; as, [amai] amarono; [tema
or or crederono; [senti} sentirOfIO. .
VERB.
317
The second person singular of the imperative of
verbs of the first conjugation is formed from the in-
finitive by dropping re; as, [amd-re] ama; and the third
person singular is formed from the second by a
into i; as, ramal ami. The second person singular of
verbs of the second conjugation is formed from the
infinitive, by dropping re ,and chang-ing e into i; as,
[teme-re or crede-re] temi or credi; and the third by
changing i into a; a8, [temi or credi] tema or ere-
da. And the second person singular of verbs of the
third conjugation is formed from the infinitive, by drop-
ping re; as, [sentire] senti; and the third by changing i
into a; as [senti] senta. The third person plural in all
verbs is formed by adding no to the person singu-
lar; as, [ami] amino; [tema or crfda] temano or crfda-
no; [sent a] sentano.
The present of the conjunctive of the regular verbs
in are forms its three persons in the singular, from
the infinitive by dropping re, and changing a into i;
as, '[ama-re] ami, ami, ami. And the present of the
conjunctive of !Ill verbs in ere or ere, ire is formed from
the infinitive by dropping re, and changing e, i, into a;
as, [leme-re or crede-re] tema or erMa, tema or creda,
tema or crfda; [denti-re] senta, senta, senta. The third
person plural of all verbs is formed by adding no to the
singular; as, [ami] amino; [tema or crecla] temano or
credano; [senta] senlano.
Some verbs in den cbange d into gg in some lenses j as, vedere,
chil!dere; veggo, cMegga, &c.
Many verbs in nere and nire take g in some persons and ten-
ses; as, rimanere, venire; rimango, [Iengano.
Some verbs in rere, nre frequently change the r into i; as, PIJ-
reTe, monTe; paio, moiano.
Several verbs ending in gmre very often transpose the I before
the g, in some lenses and persons j as, c6gliere, sci6gliere j c6tgo,
.rci6lga.
Many verbs ending in igtre, amere, in their irregular tenlel
change tbe i into e; as, diligere, impnmere; dile.n, impreMO.
All verbs ending in u6cere, u6tert, u6vtre, in all their irregular
tenses and in some of the regular also, 10le the U j as, cu6c.r.,
,eu6tcre, ",,,6DCrt j c6Mi, .,6uo, movendo.
27
A
GENERAL ALPHABETCAL TABLE
nrTIU:
IRREGULAR VERBS,
WITH
llJ:I'EBENCES TO THEIR PAJU.DIClIIS.
[This Table contains all the irreplar ,,,,.,,. of the three conjulntloDl. lind thol' ,......lar nrbl, III ""1"1 1111"
alao an irnplarfo""otion. It coDtalns likewise the "niperlo"ol Dnd 111 the verbl.
Such verba as are both replor anti irrlpla,. are here mllrked with lin obellik (t).
The forma encloaed in bracketl ( J) belonl to the particular verbl which lh,y 11'1 Inn'.ld, In Iddltlon til lh, '"rml
g1VllI1 under their Paradlgml.J
ABBREVI,lTION8: condo conditiona.l: fut. ind, iradilltlti"o I Inf, I
part. past-participle: pres. preunt: pert: va,. vari.d I' II. ,,,,
III
- ..
(;J
Q
Q
ro
Acu4ere, to bappeD; a unipet'llODal verb. See eadere
. . [Bnd
4erindere, to light. See ardere. Perf. tuu,i, I lit;
part. aecem, lit. [perf. (accensi), I lit; part. (neclm.
to enclose. See chirdere. [so), lit.]
eC'lgnerc or f'
cc1t1g.rc, 5to one's sel. See C'lg1Icrc.
cc6fiUerc or acc6,.."e, to receive. See c6g1iere.
ccOrgcre [si,] to perceive. See mirgere. Part. ace6rlo,
'ame, Lo receive. See tue6g1iere. [perceived.
ce6rrere, \0 run. See c6rrere.
'ure-cere, to increase. See crercere.
to hnppen; a unipet'llOnal verb. See "eolTe
[and
Ilddmere or t to aUege. See cll6cere. Perf. addum, I
Ilddurre, 5 alleged; part. add6l1o, alleged.
AJraggcrc, to affix. Seeraggere. Part. aJrlUO, affixed.
Lo amiot. See leggcre. .
to enfeeble. See /ra7llfere.
to be adjacent. See glacere.
.9ggf1Jgncrc or } . ,
.9ggtu.n(!;CTC to add. See gtugncre.
" '
f.9ggradare. to please j used as a unipenonal verb. See
[pi6tlere.
(A'igere), to be chill; a defective verb; var. p. 302.
.9Utulcre, to allude. See Ordcre.
.Ilmmellerc. to admit. See mellcre.
(Ancbkrc), to kill. See wiere.
J9ruIOrc, to go j var. p. 202.
i (A'ngere), to grieve; a defective verb; var. p. 302.
t .fAonellcre, to annex. See connellere. .
s or} to prefer. See p6nere.
i or to foretell. See Garc.
$ Anltd.rc, 5
S .9t1tivederc, to foresee. See vedere.
I
t.9pparire to appear. See wbiTe, p. 154. Also, inf.
(apparere); perf. appQn1i (apparsi) , I appeared; part.
.t1ppartenere, to belong. See tenere. [apparso, appeared.
S JJppendere, to bang. See ardere. Perf. oppe';' 1 bung;
S [part. appeso, hung.
l
.9ppo/iere or S.J...-
.Il.pp6rre, 5to Impute. ee yon"" e.
.Il.pprendere. to learn. SeeJ'rendcre. .
. t.Il.prirc, to open. See ,en/tre, p. 149. Also, perf. aper.
[Ii, I 0ltened; part. aperlo,
$ ./lrderc, to burn; var. p. 250.
S t.ll.rrenderc, to surrender. See reodere.
, .Il.rMderc, to smile. See rUler
1
.9,.,ogere, to add j a defective verb; var. p. 303
.9,cenderc, to ascend. See ,cendere.
Alci6lvere, to breakfast. See
t.ll..c6ndere, to conceal. See credere, p. 141. Also, perf.
Qlc6ai, I concealed; part. (Qlc6w or QlC6Ito), conoealed.
i .9ICmere, to ascribe. See ,cri"crc.
to sprinkle. See merger.
.Il.1$a1tre, to assault. See 1IJItn.
i .Iluldere [Ii,] to ait down. See drdue.
p:I
c..
.....
(;)
o
o
C..
n
tAwlere, to lAist. See erUere, p. 141. Part. -utilo, i
. [...isted.
tAu61"ere, to absolve. See 161"ere. Abo, pen. au6lri, $
[I absolved; part. (0116/10), absolved. S
JJ,,6rbere, to absorb; var. p. 247.'
Auumere, to assume. See e.rprimere. Perf. CIlIUM, I i
[assumed; part. auUnto, llS6umed. S
A,tenere, to abstain. See tenere. $
A:tergere, to cleanse a wound. See tl:rgere.
Alirdere or to abstract. See trdere. S
Actrdrre, S $
or } to compel. See ,trig1\ere. I
Allendere, to wait. See tendere.
8I1efll:re. to hold to. See tenere.
811ignere or d S
8tllilgere, Sto I'llW. See tignere. $
8116reere, to twist. See t6reere. i
8Uraere or , I
8I1ran-e, Sto attract. See tracre.
lJeillere, to root np. !i!ee arellere.
feere, to !lave; auxilil\l'Y verb; var. p. 114.
'Illertere, to turn away. See rirertere. $
'lcoedere, to perceive. See "edere. t
g""enll'e, to happen. See l'enlre. The former i
S""enve [ri,] to meet with. S is a unipersonal verb. S
.4D1Meert, to tie. See "inure. S
.8r1IlUgere or ,,_ _LI_ S
Sto wrap. .,.0 w ..ere. S
Colrulere, to bruise. See lUcre.
CommEltere, to command. See ",ellere.
to move. See ",u6lIere.
tCompanre, to appear before. See apparire.
Compilleere, to comply. See piaeere.
or to lament. See pi6gmre.
Comp,angtrc, S
or to compose. See p6nere.
ompUTTe, S
Comprenderc, to comprehend. See prendere.
Compnlllcrc, to compress. See uprtmere.
COlllpromellrrc, to compromise. See pro",Eltere.
or I to grieve. See pUgmre.
tConeedere, to grant. See cedere. .
t Contcpire, to conceive. See uiMre, p. 164. AllO,
info (contepere) ; part. concepUto (eoncello), conceived.
COfIChiUdere or } IdS _L f ..
C I
f... to conc u e. ee ""' ere.
one uaere,
Conedrrere, to concur. See cOrrere.
Coneu6cere, to concoct. See cu6cere.
ContU/ere, to shake. See dUcUlere
Condi,cendere, to condescend. See diaeendere.
08ndoIEre, to complain. See dolere.
CondUce,e or to conduct. See cu6cere. Perf. contlUui,
Condit"e, S I conducted; pert. contl6110 [(condut.
Confare, to become. See/are. [to)], conducted
Configgere, to nail. See Jtggere. Part. eonJitto, nail
eonffIM,rc, to 5eej6nder,. red.
c.o
toa
o
(;)
o
o
C..
n
f Baltnare, to ligbten; a unipersonal verb. See piOlIert.
tBIU/are, to be enougb; used as a unipersonnl verb.
, [See pi6tJere.
tBened'u;ere or l to bles.. See abborrlre, p. 167. Part.
tBened'tre, 5 benedetto, blessed. Also, perf. bene-
tBellere or bere, to drink; var. p. 280. [dun, I blessed.
Benrolere, to love. See lIolere.
fBere, to drink. See blrere.
t Buogn6re, to be ncedful; osed IlS a unipersonal verb.
'adhe, to fall; "o.r. p. 211. [See pi6oere.
'alere, to care for; 1\ defective verb; var. p. 298,
(Capel'e), to comprebend ; II. defective verb; var. p. 304.
tCMere, to submit. See r.rwere, p.141. Also, perf. ees
[n, I submitted; part. eeuo, submitted.
(Cb6rere), to demand; a defective verb; var. p. 304.
Chiedere, to ask. See ardere. Pres. iDd. childo, chilg.
[go, or chilggio, I IlSk. Part. chils/o, IlSked.
Chiudere, to shut. See drdere.
Cignere or} 'rd S .,
Ci
to g.. 'p"6..ere or gsungere.
/lgere,
Circo1lCidere, to circumcise. See ardue.
Ciuollclgnere or l II S '
'irconcl1Jg(re, S to surroull. ell. ctg7Iere.
'irconjle/lcn, ttl circumOeet. See COftnellere.
'irclJllflilfere, to sbine round. See rifUlgere.
Circolucnrere, to limit. See .moere.
Cir<;on"enire, to circumvent. See lIentre.
Cdgliere or c&rre, to gather; var. p. 269.
(Colere), to adore j B defective nrb; var. p. 299.
Congi{,gnere or l t .. t tb S' '
5 0 Jom oge er. ell. gtugnere.
l tConnellere, to conneet j var. p. 272. Also, perf. con-
i [nel/li, I connected; part. connellUto, connected.
I
Con6,cere, to know; var. p. 276.
ConquUiere, to afflict. See ardere.
Conscricere or coscnoere, to enlist. See smoere.
Con,egutre, to obtain. See ,eguire.
tConn.tere, to cODsist. See credere, p. 141. Part. eon-
[Ii./tio, consisted.
Com/rignere or cos/rignere, C01l!/rillgcre or to
[constrain. See ,ITlgnere.
t Collltrutre or cOsli'utrt, to build. See elihtre, p. 154.
[Also, part. <;OnitrW/o or cos/rUllo, built.
ConmmeTt, to consume. See esprimere. Perf. con.un-
[Ii, I consumed; part. comilnto, consumed.
Contendere, to quarrel. See /huleTt.
Contenlre, to eootain. See tenere.
Cont6reere, to twist. See t6rcere.
I
Con/radkere,
Con/ramre or to contradiet. See d'lI'e.
COllJradtltre,
S Contra.Jfare, to counterfeit. See fare. ,
Cantrapp6nere or l L_
S Contrapp6rre, 5to oppose. See pvneTC.
f Con/raue or l '
I
COlurarre, Sto contract. Se. /raerc.
Conlrtuenllere, to eouDter-write. See urtvert.
tCofljrlUlQrt, in tbe IIgnl6cation of to eontrlU/, is regular,
1:0
s=
Ul
W
...
(;)
o
o _
C..
n
llnd it I. varied like mnbe, p. 124. But in the slgai- I
fication of to Rand agaimt, it is irregular, and I. va I
[ried like &/are, which see. f
Con/rorertere, to controvert. See rirer/cre.
ConrEllere, to convulse; a defective verb; var. p. 804.
Clmeenire, to agree. See
or to convert. See rirer/ere. Also, perf. i
t CODl,ertire, 5 eonvcr/u, 1 converted; part. tonrer/Ilo, (
'onrlnccrc, to couvict. See tineere. [converted. )
'onrlrcrc, to live togetber. See vlvcre. S
'onr6lgcrc or} I S 6 S
, ... 1./ to wa low. e" r tgere. s
OltttU l'trt,
t Coprire, to cover. See &enlire, p. 149. Also, perf. co- S
rpern, I covered; part. coper/o, covered. $
C6rrc, to gatber. See c6"liere. S
:orri:ggcrc, to correct. See reggcrc. $
:6rrere, In ru\); VBI', p, 26B. !
Corri.p(mdcrc, to corre3pollI1. See ri&p6ndtrc. J
Corr6dcre, to corrode. See r6dcre.
CorrOmpere, to dcprl>vo. See r6mpere. i
Co,Icr',cere, to enlist. See cOllSenvere. I
COlpE;gere, to stre\v. See mergcre.
or} to constrain. See coDl/rigntre.
teollruire, to huild, See COllltrutre. I
Cre,,"., (0 l:I'OIV. See conDlCere. )
c\"Ucify: See figgere. Part. eroci.(iuo, J
CIlllW'C, to ,ew, vor. p. 283. [cruCified.
a.6cere, to cook; Vllr. p. 248. AI.o, info edeere. )
Diltgere to love. See diligere.
t to del age ; a unipel'llonal verb. See
Dimirgere, to drown. See demh'gere. rpi6rere.
Dim;lIere, to discontinue. See mellere.
mpingere, to paiat. See pangere.
Diplwiere or L....
DiJlnre, S to depose. See puncre.
Dire, to SRy, See (cllcere).
DirlJrert, to direct; var. p. 2M,
mr6mpcre, to break. See r6mpere.
t Diubtdere, to descend. See Kenlkre.
uchiudert, to disclose. Bee .cJaiUdere.
or} to botie. See Ki6gliere.
DI&COnrClllre, to misbecome. See conrenire.
t Difroprirc, to discover. Bee cupriTe.
Di&c6rrerc, to discoal'lle. See c6iTere.
DilcUiere, to discuss; var. p. 270.
or }
F>:_J! to deny. See dITe.
AlUu'Ire,
Dilfare, to undo. See fare.
Di.giugnere or t d'" Se "
DUgiungere, 5to IIJom. e /pugnere.
Di8mellere, to dismiss. See mellert.
DUparire, to disappear. See uiblre
J
p. 164. Also,
[part. di8parlO, disappeared.
t Di8perdere, to dispene. See ,erdere.
DUpergere, to scatter. See
DiipiaUre, to displeue. See puuere. '
fA
..a
...
:<
Dtzr" to give; var. p. 204.
D,.atlhe to decay. See ClUlb,.
Decid,r. to decide. See Order,.
or} to See .omp6nere.
Du6rTere, to pass away. See mere.
to decrease. See
DedUcere or to deduce. See cu6eere. Part. ded61lo,
DttlUrre, 5 [deduced.
DelUdere, to delude. See ardere. .
D.mbgere or dimbgere, to drown. See mErgere.
Dtponere or _,- .
Deporre, 5to depose. See """er,.
Depnmere, to depress. See e.tprimere.
Deridere, to deride. See rldere.
DelCrivere, to describe. See ,m.ere. [desisted.
t DeAttere, to desist. See .redere, p. 14I. Part. den,tuo,
Demmere, to infer. See elp7imere. Perf. de.unn, l"1n
[ferred ; part. demnlo, inferred.
Detb;ere, to scour. See tbgere.
Detraere or ,
Detrtirre, . 5 to See traere.
Deeolgere or} . 6
Der61.ere to devolve. See" 1gere.
, ,
(Dicere) or avoe, to say; var. p. 285.
t Ditendere, to defend. See fi:iuJere. .
Diff6ndere, to diffuse. See f6ndere.
t Dighiaceitire, to thaw; a unipel'lOnal verb. See ghiae.
[cUirc and pW"erc.
I =;or Ito dilpol4l. See p6mre. .
,J tDW61vere, to dissolve. See 161"ere. Part. dUrolUlo,
I [dissolved.
S t DiuuOdere, to dissuade; var. p. 213. Also, see teo
Dillendere, to extend. See ,tbulere. [mEre, p. 135.
J Diltil/guere, to distinguish; var. p. 262.
S Di8tOgliere or diltOrre, to divert from. See t6gliere.
) DUttircere, to twist. See t6reere.
J DiIlOrre, to divert from. See dillogliere.
$ DUtraere or d' t S '
DUtrarre, S to IS ract. ee traere.
J DUtrUggere or d S'
J Di,trUrre, Sto eltroy. ee ,trugger,.
S Dinmere, to pull up. See ",euere.
s or } to unfold. See ,,6Igere.
! Ditenbe, to detain. See tenbe.
) Diredbe) to see. See vedbe.
J Dirmere, to root out. See 'I,ellere.
I
Dire7lJre, to become. See "enire.
tDiewere, to divide. See credere, p. 141, Also, perf.
[divUi, I divided; part. diM, divided.
Dir61gere or __
J Div6t.ere, Sto roll together. See ""lgere.
I
Dolbe, to grieve; var. p. 216.
Dovbe, to owe; var. p. 217.
EJf6ndere, to effuse. See jOndere.
to elect. See IIIS",e.
,
<
toJ
!Xl
CII
l-a
.C11
(;)
o
o
C..
n
ElVlere, to elide. 8ee lUera. Part. dUo. I
Eilldera, to elude. See arden. f
Emergere, to emerge. See mb'gere.
or to diminish. See mugnere. $
to be equivalent. See 'flalere. I
E'rgere. to raise. See mergere.
Engere, to erect. See dirigere.
Er6mpere. to burst out. See r6mptre. i
tEItJurVe, to exhaust. See uibITe, p. }M. Also, part.
[uGuto, exhausted.
E,elUdere, to exclude. Bee chiUdere.
tEngere, to exact. BeelUm-e, p. 144. Part. uOuo,
[exacted.
tErimere, to exempt. See IUltf'e, p. 144. Part. ublla-
[to, exempted.
t ENtere, to exiat. See eredere, p. 141. Part. emilio,
[eXis,ed'l-
EIJlmere, to expel. See Perf. uyUlIi, I ex-
[pelled; part. erpUUo, expelled.
EJP6.nere or ,
ErpOrre, Sto expose. See ponere.
E,rprimere, to express; val'. p. 266. i
,;,tre, 10 be i nuxiliary vorb; val'. p. 119.
'Ilindere, 10'exlend. See ,Ifndere. J
,tlnguere, to extinguish. See dillinguere. I
to utort. See tbretrt. _
ErfrOere 01' l' _L
ElhUrre, Sto extract. See I,.,..,re. i
hnpthtere 01' l to Impose. See p6nere.
Imp6rrt, S
t lmporlare, to be important i uled as a unipenonal
[verb. See pi6flere
lmprendere, to undertake. See prendtre.
lmprirnere, to rrint. See
Inchlwere or wc/udtre, \0 includo. See eII__
lnddert, to grave. See ardere.
1 ' }
or to be pregnant. See eignere.
lnctllgere,
Inc/were, to include. See inclliwere.
IncOrrere, to incur. See c6rrere.
IncrelUre, to be sorry i a unipersonal verb. See pi6"ere.
IndUeere or Ito induce. See cu6cere. Perf. indUui, I
IndUrre, induced; part. ind61lo, induced.
or to iuliL Seetigers.
nJ-egere,
te
Q\
!
f tPer,uarere, to persuade. See dimuldere.
Perrenire, to reach. See tlen"'e.
S Perrerlere or lto prevent. See "Verter... Part. per
t Per"erlire, S rer,o or perrerlito, perverted.
$ Piaeere, 10 please; val'. p. 224. .
( Pi6.gnere or Is' .-
i Pial/gere, to weep. ee Iprgnere or gt"ngere.
i or to paint. See Ipegnere or glullgere.
i t Piorere, to rain; R unipersonal verb; val'. p. 190.
$ P6nere or p6rre, to put; val'. p. 267.
$ P6rgere, to offer. See rnbgtre. Part. p6rto, offered.
i Porn, 10 put. See ponere.
1 or } to postpone. See p6nere.
$ POlledbe, to possess. See 'edere.
S Potere, to be able; val'. p. 225.
PrecHere, to shorten. See ardere.
S Prubrrere, to COIerun. See c6rrere.
Predieere or preuve, to predict. See dire.
Prediligere, 10 Iike beforehand See dil/gere.
S Predv., to predict. See preull'ere
f Preflggere; to prefix. See liggere. Perf. prtlWi, I pre-
[fixed; part. pre/wo, p."tixed.
I
tPremere, to press. See credere, p. 141. Also, perf.
,[(pressi), 1 prl.'lIed; (prello), pressed.
Premellers, to premise. See mitt"e.
Prmdere, to take. See ardere. Perf. prui, I took;
[part. prelOl taken.
tLampegg;a,.e, to lighten i a unipenJonal verb. See
Ledere, 10 offend. See ardere. [pi6Dere.
Ltcere and /lure or l to he lawful; a unipcrsonal vcr!> ;
and liclTf, S' val'. p. 306.
LeKgere, 10 read; val'. p.
Lture or licere, to be lawCul. See lecere or leeere.
t LUcere, to shine. See credere. _"-Iso, perC. lu.n. I
[shin.,d.
tMaledicere OF lto corse. Sce abbmire, p. 167. Part.
tMaledire, - S maledello, cursed. Also. perC. male-
Ma1fare, to do wrong. See fare. [dun, I cursed.
Manomellere, to manumit. See mel/ere.
Manlenere, to maintain. See tenere.
Merlere, to dive; val'. p. 257. '
tMe.tcere, to mil. See teuere, p. 144. Also, part. mi-
[,10, miled.
Mettere, to put. See connellere. Pm. min, 1 put;
[part. meuo, put.
(Malcere), to assuar;e; a deCecti"e verb; val'. p. 306.
Mordere, to bite. See ardere.
Monre, to die; val'. p. 287.
Mugnere or l ,
S to milk. See ugnere.
Muovere, to move. See .mvere. PerC. mom, I mov-
[ed; part. m6110, moved. Also, inC. m6l1tre.
NtUcere, to be born; val'. p. 2'18.
tNalCondere, to conceal. See a,condere.
Negrogere, to neglect. See dingere.
tNevicare, snow; a unipersonal verb. See pi6t:ere.
(;)
o
o
C..
n
XulJeereto hurt. See ,wistere. Also, iuf. n6cere. Prep6nere or } t fi' S On e
Oce6rrere, to bappen; a unipersonal verb. See cOTTere. PrepfJrre, 0 pre er. ee p er.
or piOvere. Fut. nceorrera or occorra, it shall or will i Pruct,gliere or t fi S 'gl" e
o [happen. Prueerre, 5 a pre ell ICe ler.
Qjfendere, to offend. See ardere. Pe.rf. ojf[,i, I of- Prucnvere, to prescribe. See acnvere.
. [fended; part. Ojfe80, offended. Pruedere, to f'reside. See ledere.
tOjfenre or 1to offer. See abbo..nrc, p. 157. Also, tPrenlmue., to See p. 141. Also,
S put. ojferto, offered. SI peri. pre8unn, 1 presumed; part. pruUTlto, presumed.
Ol"e, to smell; a defective \'erb; var. p. 313. Prtlupp6nere or 1 t e S e III 6nere
to omit. See mellere Preluppfnre, 5 0 presuppos. e pp ..
Opponere or to oppose. See ponerfi. Also, part. op- Pretfndere, to pretend. See tmdere.
Opporre, ,polilo, opposed. . ( PrCfJalere, to prevail. See valere.
Oppnmerc, to opprll5s. See uprlmere. S Preredere, to foresee. See redere.
to,truve, to obstruct. See erihire, p. 154. .4lso, part. l Prevenve, to prevent. See venire.
Ollenere. to obtai 0. -See lenere. [08/rUI/O, obstructed. S tProoedere, to proceed. See cedere.
Parere, to appear; vu. p. 22!. Also, used 6S a uniper $ PrsdUcere or to produce. See cu6cere. Perf. prodUui,
[sontll verb. See piouere. l Produrre, 5 I produced; part. prodol/o, produced.
tPti8cere, to feed. See te88ere, p. 144. Part. palciUto, t Prs/6ndere, io dissipate. See/ondere.
(Pavere), to fear; var. p. 300. [fed. -Prometlere, to promise. See meltere.
tPercepire, to perceive. See enlnre, p. 154. Also, P/,omuovere, to promote. See
- [part. pereello, perceived. $ Proponere or } S e POI' re
P
-< S ' (p L.. ,0 propose.. e Ie.
ercurrere, to ru0 over. ee carrere. S ropUITe, - -
Per,cuotere, to strike. See Also, info percotere. i to break forth. See rompere.
tPerdere, to lose. See credere, p. 141. Also, pel'!. Promogl'ere or t b IS" l"
[(pern), I lost; part. (perlU), lost. Pr08cifnre, 5 a a so ve. ee 8C10g lere.
Permetlere, to permit. See mel/ere. $ Prtncnvere, to proso:ribe. See lenrere.
Perle!f".ire, to persecute. See leguire. Prolc.,"'Uire, to prosecute. See leguire.
tferlLltere, to persevere. See credere, p. 141. Part. S Prol/erldere,'to prostrate. See Ilendere.
-[peni8Iuo, persevered. $ ProJeggtre to protect. See teggere..
-<
t'j
==
CA
Nl
--t
Rieoftllemre, to sue one in the law. See conc.llve.
Rieon.,erlen or} to convert again. See conllertere or
tRiconllertire, coneertir,.
tRicoprin, 10 cover again. See cop",e.
Riedrre, to gather. See ric6gliere.
Ric6rrere, to have recourse. See c6rrere.
Ricredere, to undeceive one's self. See credere.
RierelCere, to increase. See cre,eer
Ricw., to sew again. See cum.
Ricu6cere, to cook IIgain. See cu6cere.
RWere, to lallgh. See ardere.
Riduere or I .>!
Ridire, to repeat. See atre.
Ridmere or to reduce. See cu6cere. Perf. ridum, I
Ridu"" reduced; JIlIrt. rid6t1o, reduced.
Riedere, to return j a defective verb; var. p. 307. Also,
Rijare, to do again. See/are. [info
t Rijlellere, to reflect. See p. 144. Also, Pllrt.
rijle_, reflected, which is exclllsivelyapplied to light,
Rv..dndere, to new cast. See fUllIlere. [sound, &l.c.
Rif!fmgere, to reflect. Sec fTt",!!.ere.
to fry again.
RiJe.:/{ere, to read again. See IIggere.
t Hi/mtre, to shine. See lmere.
Bimtmb'" to remain; var. p. 227.
Rimettere, to replace. See mellere.
Rirn6rder" to cause or feel remorse. See m6rdere.
lIimuIJllere, to remove. See rnu611ere.
__, to be born again. See n6leere.
(;)
o
o
C..
n
ProlefJlkr" to stretch. See thad".,. !
Prolraere or} 5 aer
Prolrarre, to protract. ee tr e. S
Prov,dere, to provide. See lieder,. I
PrOrlllir" to proceed. See II,nin.
Pugnere or } . k 5 '
P
to pr.c. ee tlgnere.
unger" .
PUlr'/ar" to putrefy. See/ar,.
Raeeentur" to kindle. See (Keend,re.
Racehi"'!,rt, to See CKChiUdere.
or} to gather. See aee6g1i,re.
IWcc6,.,." I
tRtider" to shave. See teuere, p. 144. Also, re
rf
. I
[ran, I shaved; part. rMo, shaved.
Raggiugnere or } S .,
Ra
.. to reJolD. ce agglugnere.
g/{lul/gere, '
&t/enere,16 detain. See ttentre. S
Rallvedere [ri], to reform. See avcedere. S
Rallv61gere or } 6 I
R
.AI to wrap. See c Igere.
Dtre,
Reddere, to retrench. See ardere. S
Redimer" to redeem. See eqwimere Perf. redenn, I t
[redeemed; part. redenlo, redeemed. S
Reggcre, to govern. See teggere. I
t Rend,re, to render. See erhlere, p. 141. Also, perf.
[ren, I rendered; part rflo, rendered.
Repellere, to repel. See ",eller,.
Reprimere; to reprell8. Bee uprimere.
tBucindere, to re.cind. See ,cindere.
t.a
...
OIl
(;)
o
o
C..
n
Ruemere, to anlwer in writing. See ICritcre.
tRen.tere, to resist. See ertdere, p.141. Part. Tui,/uo,
Rupigner. or l tiS ,..1 [resisted.
Rupingere, . S. 0 repe . ee 'l',gnere.
Rutrignere or l r' S '
Rel/ringere, S to Imlt. ee ,'ngnere.
Riaeeerulere, to rekindle. See aecendere.
t Riapparire, to re.eppear. See apparire.
t lliaprire, to re-opeu. See apnre.
Riardere. t9 burn again. See ardere.
Nl RiauUmere, to re-assuwe. See auUmere.
Riavere, to bave again. See avere.
t or .
t Ribenedire, Sto ble.. agalD. See benedacerc.
tRibereor d' k . S b'
t Ribevere, Sto rID agalD. ee evere.
Ricadere, to fall again. See eadere.
Richiedcre, to requed. See ehitdere.
to sbut again. 8ee chiUdere.
RlClrrncre or ,
Sto gird. See ngnere.
Ric6gliere or ric6rre, to gatber. See e6gliere.
Ricomp6nere or}
R
' om 6 to compose again. See eomp6nere.
Ie p rre, .
Ricondmere or . ,
Rieondurre, Sto bring back. See eondw:ere.
Ricongiugllere or .. S . ,
Ricongiungere, Sto reJolD. ee eongtugnere.
Ricon6lCere, to know again. See eon6lCere.
RinehiUdere, to incloMl. See chiUtlerc.
to be displeased. See inerucere. Also,
, [used as a ulliper50nal verb. See piOrer,.
to find out. See venire.
or to involve. See r6/gcre.
, tllV reTl. S
Ripereu6tere, to strike back. See pereudtere.
! Riperdere, to lose agail1. See perdere,
RiJ,jaJ'nere or} . S .,
( R' . ,<> to weep agalD. ee p1agnere.
Iptangere,
or to replace. See p6nae.
(Rtporre, S /
tRipremen, to repress. See premere,
SR;prelldere, to take back. See prmdere.
( Ri,a/ire, to mouut again. See IaLire.
Ri,apere, to know by report. See ,apere.
! Ri,ehiuderc, to open again. See ,chiUdere.
$ Riurtrere, to wrile again. See ,emere.
$ Ri,eu6tcre. to exact. See 6CU6ttre.
j Ri.cderc, to ,'eside. See ,edere.
$ t RiM)I"erc, to fesolve. See I6lvere. Also; perf. n.6Ui,
$ Ri.6rgtre. to rise up again. See I6rgere. [I resolved.
( RRt:,o'l'!gnere or to drive back. See
lIolpwgue, S . -r--
I Ri,ovt'enire, to remember. See,ovvellire.
Ri'pignere or IS'
S Ri,pi:"gere, S to repu 5e. ee Telptgnere. .
Rilp6ndere, to answer. See titdere. Part. rilpo,to, an-
I Riltare, to de.ist. See #ar,. [swered.
<
-ta:l
=0
ClD
WI
10
t.!embf'ar" to appear; uscll u a unipenonlll urb: See
[picSz,u,.
(SUpere), to creep; a defective verb; vat. p. 308.
Sfaggsre to avoid. SeefuKgir.
(SiI6re), to be or to keep 5ilent; II defective verb; var.
..
Sopraulllire, to attack unexpectedly, See mr..c.
Soprauedere"lo superse,de. See 'edere.
Soprllltare, to superinlend. See ,tare.
Sopravren,re, to happlln. See ven're.
Sopraolirere, to survive.' Slle mrer'e.
Soprin/elldere, 10 superintend. See inlendcre.
S6rgere, to arise. See mer-gere. Part. tJ6rto (surto),
; {arisen.
Sorprendere, to take by surprise. See prendere.
Sorreggere, to sUf.port. See reggere.
Sorridere, to smi e. See Mdere.
SlJTVenire, to come upon. See "enire.
SdJcnoere, 10 subscribe. See ,trirere.
So'pendere, to suspend. See Ipendere.
or l to push. See ,"""-ere.
rupulgere, 5 :re"
SOJlenbe, 10 sustain. See tenere.
Sollinlbldere, 10 understand. See inlendere.
Sol/omettere,lo submit. See mellere.
Sollopanere or l . 0
Sottop6Tre, Sto, submit. See p nere.
Sollo,cnrere, to subscribe. See ,envere.
Sollraere or l '
Sollrarre, Sto subtract. See Iraere. '
Sovvenire, to help. See vwire. .
or l to subvert. ,See ri"erlere. Also, perf.
tSollllertire, S [,o""er/ii, I lubverted; part. ,0llve
rtitO
,
[lubverted.
tSpGndere, to pour Ollt. See crUere, p. 141. Also,
CJ
o
o
CO
rr
Seindere, to cleave. See arqere. Perf. 1Ciui, I cleft;
[pari. 1c1.r1O (sclnlo), cleft. S
Scignere or l . ei
Sto ungird. See gnere. S
SSe! liere or l to untie. See eogliere. !
CI rre, S !
Seommellere, to bet. See' eommettere. . (
Scompollere or l t discompose. See CIImpfmere.
Scomporre, S 0 $
ScOIlJtgtrCre, to roul. See configgere. S
t Seol/utl/ere, to disconnect. SdO f
SeonoJcere, 10 be ungrateful. See conoJcere. (
Seontareere, 10 wrest. See eon/oreere.
Seonven,re, to misbecome. See COfI!'enire. I
or} to confound. See eomolgere.
tSeopnre, to discover. ' See coJ'nre. I
Seorgere, to perceive. See mergere. Part. narto, per-
SernTere, to lay waste. See correre. [ceived.
Seo,eendere, to break. See ,eetldere. Perf. ,eo,een, I,
[broke; part. ,coleho, broken, S
Scnrere, to wrile; var. p. 274. S
Seucire, to rip, Dee cue're. !
Scu6lere, to shake. See discWere. Also, info leotere. (
Sdrucire, to rip. See eucire.
Sedere, to sit down; var. p.231. f
SedUeere orl to seduce. See eu6cere. Perf. ,etIuri, I f
Sedu"e, seduced; part. let16tto, seduced. ,
Seguire, to ollow; var. p. 291.
=
ClIl
ClIl
>
t'"
c.e
c.e
tot
Transpo,leTC, IrlU]J6nere or I t
Trao/qJOrre, Irasp6rre, 5 0 ranspose.
Trtirre, to draw. See Iraere.
Trascegliere or tra.etirTt, 10 select. See seegliere.
Traseendere, to surpass. See tran.eendere..
Tra.cerre, to select. See tra.cegliere.
TrlllC6rrere, to pun over. See e6rrere.
Truerivere, to transcribe. See tranUMllm.
Tergere, to clean. See mergerc.
Tignere or l d S' ..
T
" to yeo ee spegt&n'e or g.ungere.
.ngere,
Togliere or IOrre, to take away. See c6gliere.
t T6ndcre, to shear, See Muere, p. 144. Also, perf. 16ft,
, sheared; part. 1610, sheared.
Tarcere, to twist. See vlRcere.
Torre, to take away. See 100liere.
Tradiu:ere or to translate. ScI' codtere. Perf.lradu.,.
Tratlv.rre, 5 ai, I translated; part. tradol/o, trans-
Trtjggere" to draw' var. p. 252. [Ialed.
Traerc or trarre, 5 '
,!:ati,p;ere or to transfix. See Jtgerc or figgere.
raJ 'p:gere, 5
t Tralmere, to shine through. See lv.eere.
Tramcendere or Iraacendert, to surpass. See accndere.
Tranacnverc or Irascnbtre, to transcribe. See scriverc.
Transftindere or Irasf6ndere, to transfuse. See f6ndere.
Transmellere or trasmellere, 10 transmit. See ",el/ere.
Trampanre or traqJarire, to be transparent. See ap-
[pariTe.
See p6nere.
perC. 'l'ciri, I poured out; pari. 'P&.o (spaoto), poured S
[dut. S
Spargere, to lipread. See mergers. Also, part. (sparto), $
tSpanre, to disappear. See appame. . [spread. i
or l to extinguish; var. p. 261. S
Spe" dere, to spend. See ardere. Perf. spen, I spent;
tSperdere, to dissipate. See perdere. [part. 'Peso, spent. $
Spiaeere, to displease. See piaeere. S
Spignere or l h 5' . , (
S
' to pus. ee spegtlere or glungere. Sf
ptngere, .
Spargere, to stretch out. See pargere.
Sp6nere or S' , (
SpfJrre. 5to expose. ee ponere. S
tSpremert, to squeeze. See premere. f
Spromettere, to go back Crom one's word. See promet- S
Sprovvedere, to leave destitute. See provvedere. [Iere. S
Slare, to stand; var. p. 208. S
Stendere, to extend. See tendere. S
Stignere or } . S ' (
St
' to staID. ee tumere. S
mgere, <;>
or stOrre, to from. See toglierl'.
StOTeere, to twist. See tOTeere. S
StOrre, to divert from. See .t6gliere. S
tStraperdcre, to Jose a great deal. See perdere. s
Stravedere, to see much. See tr/JI'edere. (
Stravolgere or S 61
Siravolverc, S to wrelt. ee trllf! gere. I
1=
CA
ca
CIII
SS4
ANALOGY.
CHAPTER VI.
Of Participle,.
ITALIAN participles, like the adjectives, have three ter-
minations; viz. e (in the present), and 0, a (in the past).
Participles ending in 0 are inasculine, and in the plu-
ral change 0 into i; as,
amato, lid' u6mo amato, loved man;
amati, S ove , uomini amciti, loved men.
Participles ending in a are feminine, and are formed
(rom the masculine, by changing 0 into a; as, _
temilto, 2fi d' u67110 temilto, feared man;
temuta, 5 eare , donna temuta, feared woman:
and in the plural change a into e; as,
temuta, l fi d' d6nna temUla, feared woman;
temilte, 5 care , donne ttT/lute, feared women.
Participles ending in e are of the common gender, and
form their plural, by changing 6 t ~ i; as,
d 't I . ~ uumo dormente, sleeping man;
ormen e, s. cepIDg ; donna dormente, sleeping woman:
do {t' I' uomini dormenti" sleeping men;
rm n I, 8 eeplog; donne dor71lenti, sleeping women.
When participles are used as adjectives, they form
their comparatives and superlatives according to the
general rute.,
There are many participles in cUo, ata,' which are
commonly contracted, in these terminations, by suppress.
ing the at; these are:
accetto,-tt, (for) acceft-at-o,-at.a, accepted;
fl&c6ncio, acconciato, fitted up i
PARTICIPLE. SS5
(ldatto, (for) d.dattato, adapted;
ad6rno, adornato, adorned;
asciutto, asciuttato, dried;
avvezzo, avvezzato, accustomed ;
cMmo, calmato, ' calmed;
carico, caricato, loaded;
casso, cassato, void;
cereo, cercato, sought;
cMmo, colmato, heaped;
c6mpro,
cOmP"alo,
bought;
c6ncio, conciato, fitted;
confesso, confessato, confessed;
contento, contentato, contJlnted;
conto, contato, counted;
crespo, crespato, wrinkled;
<
desto, destato, awakened;
dimentico, dimenticato, forgotten;
dimestico, dimesticato, tam,ed;
disaootto, disadattato, unfit.;
d6mo, damato, tamed;
fermo, fermato, stopped-;
fisso, fissato, fixed;
g6't;,0'
gonjiato, swoIlen; ,
gu sto, guastato, spoiled;
infermo, infermato, sickened';
infetto, infettftto, infected;
ing6mbero
ingomberato,
incumbllred ;
ing6nJbro ingombrftto,
lacero, lacerato, torn ;
lasso, lassato, wearied;
libero, liberato, delivered;
l6goro,
logorcito,
worn out;
16gro, lograto,
macero, macerato, macerated;
manifesto, manifestato, manifested;
m6stro, mostrato, shown;
mozzo,_ mozz;ato, < cut off;
netto, nettato, cleaned;
n6to, notato,
Doted;
p6o,
pagato,
paid;
(for)
"6
pisto,
prif10,
ritul6mo,
ric6mp"o,
rirn6stro,
ripesto,
rit6cco,
rifJ6lto,
rizzo,
.6.IfJO,
.aRD,
,azio,
.cdlzo,
.campo,
"drico,
scemo,
.c6ncie,
.contento,
secco,
.g6mbero,
l{f6mbro,
.p6rco,
.tanco,
.tracarico,
,traccio,
.tracco,
'fJeglio,
t6cco,
trito,
tr6nco,
u.o,
"Uto,
116Ito,
fJu6to,
ANALOGY.
pestato,
prifJato,
riadorncito,
ricomprdto,
rimostrato,
ripestato,
ritoccato,
rifJoltdto,
nuato,
.alvato,
.anato,
sazidto,
sealzato,
.campato,
.cancato,
scemato,
sf;onciato,
scontentcUo,
seccdto,
'gomberato, '2
'gombrato, 5
'porcdto,
,tancato,
stracaric.ato,
,tracciato,
.tracccUo,
.veglidto,
toccato,
tritato,
troncdto,
lisato,
vietato,
voltato,
f1uotdto,
pounded;
deprived;
readorned;
rebought j
remonlltrated ;
repounded;
retouched;
revolted;
erected;
saved;
cured;
sat isfied. ;
unshod;
escaped;
unloaded;
diminished;
spoiled;
discontented :
dried;
e ~ r e d ;
soiled;
tired;
overloadecl ;
torn off;
fatigued;
awakened;
touched;
crumbled;
cut off;
used;
forbidden;
turned;
emptied.
ADVERB.
CHAPTER VB.
Of Adverb,.
ssT
THE greater part of Italian adverbs are formed of
a feminine adjective, and the noun mente, manner (from
the Latin mens); as,
, ) in a learned manner,
d6tta, learned; dotta-mente, 2learnedly;
,.. i' t 5in a wise manner,
saV&Q, wise; sav a-men e, (wisely;
, 5in a sweet manner,
d61ce, sweet; dolce-mente, (sweetly. .
If tbe adjectivll ends in Ie or re, for the sake of euphony, the
linal e is dropped, in the formation of the adverb; as,
fedele, faithful; fedel-me71te, faithfully;
tnaggidre, greater; maggior.mellte, more greatly.
l'cUtro,
it
',' the other day;
a nerl, .
iermattina,yesterday morn-
[ing;
iersera, last evening;
6ggi, to-day;
oggidt,' in our days;
stamane, this morning;
stasera, this evening;
stan6tte, to-night;
domattina, to-morrow morn-
[ing;
dimani,
d
-' to-morrow,
omane,
posdimani, "2 the day after
posdomcine, 5to-morrow,
innanzi, 5
before;
pnma,
dietro } 11
;u 'aterward ;
uupo,
p6i, h
d
' 6" ten,
Ip I, '
d 6' sJDce,
app, I, afterward '
p6sela, '
indi, h
, .,,:J' ten, -
ut,.en
9. , , afterward'
appresso, '
infine, in fine;
da capo, once more;
'd .
gzd' "d already;
Igi ,
guciri, not long since;
mai,
. " never;
glammaz, .
omcii,
now;
ogglmaz, .
quasi, almost;
drea,
indrea, about;
int6rno,
tardi, late;
pertempo, soon;
quick;
adlt.gio, slow;
mentre, whilst;
intant",
in
trattanto,
since;
fincke, until;
quando, when;
tuttavia, still.
..
ADVERB. 889
-Of Place.
1here, hither r dande, whence;
fU , 5 ozmnque, ! wherever.
! thete, ; dovunque, 5 '
au. 5 6gni d6ve, every'where;
costt 2 L altrove, 2 I h
costd, 5 tucre near you; altr6nde, 5e sew ere ;
colt, h - thth avanti t l' t ere, I er, J "t', before;
COla, aav...n I,
stl, up j - dietro, b h' d
"' d d'd"t e In ;
gau, own; I Ie ro,
gn, indietro, b Ii.
lvi, therB ; addietro, ac,
fflivi, . s6pra, upon, above;
Indt, ; s6tto, under, below;
gui7lci, from beaee ; abbcisso,
q.f"m, from thence; entro, I'b'
quasstl, bere above j - dentro, Wit 1D;
quaggitl, here below; fu6ri, ' h
i7lsU, upward; JOOra. Wit out;
ingitl, downward; difu6ri, ! Ii ' b
lassu, there abave ; difu6ra, S rom Wit out;
laggiuJl there below; allato, .d .
colassu, there above; accanto, Sasl e;
there below; 'att6rno,"2 around'
CDltaggiu, there below near datt6rno, S
[you; rimpetto, l 't
cosdnci, from thence; dirimpUto; SPPOSI e ;
o"e, 1 h lungi, far;
d6ve, Swere; 6ltre, beyon.d.
Of Order.
prima, first;
dip6i, then;
quf.ndi, afterward;
inftne, finally;
alia fila, is a row;
in po, by turns;
h
toget er;
InSIc:me,
a vicenda, by turns j
al tUtto, altogether;
al rov6scio, the revene ;
loss6pra, topsyturvy.
ANALOGY.
Of Quantity.
piu, more;
,neno, "2 less
mdnco, ,
assai, much;
abbastanza,
enough;
a sufficienza,
nUnte, 1.' .
affatto, S nothlDg;
davantdggio, more. -
alpill, at the most;
almeno, f tit
l' a eas.
a,manco,
bene, well;
male, badly;
appena, hardly;
app6sta, purposely;
a gara, emulously;
a caso, by chance;
a t6rto, wrongly;
teRt6ne, gropingly;
Of
bocc6ne, with one's faee
[downward;
branco16ne, crawlingly;
inginocchi6ne, on one's
[knees;
carp6ne, upon all fours;
a cavalci6ne, astride over.
Of I1jJirmation.
Il, yes;
gid, yes, certainly;
bene, well j
maid, yes indeed;
Ii bble, yes truly;
invero, }. d d
da
' In ee ,
vvero, t I
, ru y,
da dovero, . t th'
in veritd, In ru ,
aft, in faith;
appUnto, just ;
volentieri, willingly;
very willing-
(Iy;
malvolentieri, unwillingly.
Of Negatiox.
no, no, not;
mai, never;
maino, no indfled;
certo no, certainly not;
n071i'id, not, not at all ;
nonmai, never;
mica, not;
nonmica, not at all ;
per n(j,lla, by no means;
niente affatto, nothing at
[all.
ADVERB.
Of DoulJt.
f6rse, 1
5perhaps;
pulJ essere, f b
may e;
puu warn,
per . .
peT s6rte, , perchance:
per avventura,
so, thus;
c6me, aSj
siccome, so, as ;
pill, more;
meno, less ;
assai, much;
Of Comparison.
viappitl, 2. a deal
vieppitl, 5 [more;
via71lmeno, 2. a great deal
vie71lmeno, 5 [less;
a guba,
a modo, like.
al pari,
Of Interrogation.
6ve where?
dove'! where, whither? .
d6nde '! whence?
quando'! when?
eM'! how?
come'! how?
perche '! why?
quanto '! how much?
anzi, 2. rather,
prima, 5sooner;
Of Choice.
piupresto,2. rather,
piutt6sto, 5sooner.
Of Demoustration.
ecco, here or there is, )0,
[behold;
eccoqul, h . 'h .
, ere IS, ere are;
eccoqua,
29'
eeeoU,
eceogU, there is, there
cecold, [are.
ANALOGY.
A list of the adjectives, which are used ia ltalialt, ....
HftrblJ,
f6rte, very mucb ;
,pesso, often;
s6do, fast, hard;
alto, softly;
certo, certainly;
rriste, sadly;
d6lce, sweetly;
chiaro, clearly;
schietto, candidly;
piano, low, softly;
tardo, late;
tento, slowly;
presto, soon;
pr6T11o, readily;
t6sto, d'l
ralto, Sspee 1 y ;
tanto, so much;
raro, rarely
s610, only;
'tulto, all;
p6co, little;
molto, much;
tr6ppo, too much;
bello, handsomely;
bu6no, very weU ;
meglio, better;
peggio, worse j
.aperto, oprmly;
subito, immediately;
sicUro, surely;
dimesso, lowly;
sommesso, humbly;
'Vicino, near;
Ionta1lO, fa r.
In order to know when these words are adjectives,
and when adverbs, it is sufficient to observe whether in
the discourse they Btand by themselves, or are added to
or used for a noun; for, in the former case, they are al-
ways adverbs, and in the-latter, adjectives.
Besides the above adverbs there are some expression&,
which in several words announce the same idea, that
might be expressed by an adverb. These are called ad-
verbial phrases, and are, chiefly, the following:
di subito, suddenly; ad un trc!tto, at once;
di b6lto, Jresently; di rado, ( .
in un baleno, in an instant; di raro, 5seldom, rarely,
in un batter d' 6cchio, in the infatti, (, Ii .
[twinkling of an eye; difatti, S10 act,
r-.
PREPOSITION.
34&.
p6cofa, a little while ago; di gran lunga, by far;.
fta p6co, in a short time; a lungo anOOre, in the 10Dg'
un pezza fa, some time ago; [run, in time;
a piu potere, with all one's
dWe v6lte, at times i [might;
all' improvviso, unexpected- di mala v6glia, unwillingly i
Ely i a un di presso, almost;
all' avvenire, in future; d allora in qua, since that
a miinuto, in. detail; [time;
di fresco, newly; d' ora innanzi, henceforth;
di bu6n grado, willingly; in que1me-ntre, in or at that
mio malgrado, agains! my [time;
[will; di punta in punta, exactly;
senza meno, positively; di punta in bianco, point-
quanta pnma, very soon; [blank;
a bello studio, (d' dl' di quando in quando, now
a bella posta, 5 eSlgne Y, di traito in trauo, and
a meno che, unless i . di tanto in tanto, ;
da per tuUo, (every if pi,,), per 10 piu, on the
per 6gni d6ve, Swhere ; [whole, at the utmost.
CHAPTER VIII:
Of Prepositions.
Prepositions of Place.
(about.
Incirea, 5 '
contra, .
contra, .
. , t agalDst ;
tncon ro,
inc6ntra,
. pre-sso,
Ileaf ;'
appresso, .
a, to;
da, from;
di, of, from;
in, in;
su, upon;
per, through or by ;
lungo, along; .
appo, at or with;
verso, towards;
Mtre, beyond;
ANALOGY.
S44r
'unci, - fi
'--t ' !ar rom;
um ano,
56""a ,
d
r6' upon or above;
IS pra"
,6tto, ( d
dis6tto, 5 un er;
entro, ( in or within;
dentro, S
fu6ri,
fu6ra, out of, without j
difu6ri,
difu6ra,
avanti,
before'
,nnanzl, '
dinanzi,
dUtro, b h' d
d
'd"t e In ;
I Ie ro,
rimpetto, .
d
'tt opposIte;
Inmpe 0,
att6rno, '(
datt6rno, 5around ;
accanto, 2 'd
allata, 5 asl e;
add6sso, upon j
appWo, f . t
a fr6nte, agaInS;
a iUe "
pp. ' at the Coot of'
a '
di lel, thence;
di qua, hence.
Of Order.
,
di, of;
da, trom;
Infra, in or in about;
verso, towards;
circa,
incrca, about;
int6rno,
avanti, before j
diUro, after j
con, with;
fra, } amongst.
tra, '
Of Time.
sino,
fino, . .
insino, till, untl1 ;
infmo,
prima, first;
anzi, before;
d6po, afterward;
durante, during.
prima, first;
,dopo, afterwards.
Of Union.
I
infra,
L t amongst;
ra,
in mezzo, amidst. ,
i
i
j
PREPOSITION.
Of Separation.
fu6ri, ~ f. h salvo, ~
r.fi 6' out 0 ,wit out; ,
In u ", e ~ e t t o except
. lungi, far from; tranne, .
senza, w.thout;
contl'a, against;
oltre, besides;
lungi, far from;
per, for;
verso, toward;
a, to;
00, from or by ;
per, for;
di, of;
a, to;
da, from or by ;
in, in;
Of Opposition.
nonostante, notwithstanding;
1Ilalgrado, in spite of.
Of Ena.
riguardante, regarding;
concernente, concerning.
Of Cause.
a callsa; on account of;
aUeso, wi ereas ;
mediante, through.
Of Specificati.on. -
giusta, }
secondo,. according to.
conJanne,
Some of these prp,positions are the same as the ad-
verbs; as, sopra, sotto, prima, d6po, dentro, difuori, etc.
which, when they are followed by a noun, a pronoun, or
a verb .which they govern, are always prepositions, but
otherwIse are adverbs.
346
..
CHAPTER IX.
Of CoJ!junctiom.
Copulative Conjunctions.
e, and
and, either.
cinco, } al
cinclae, so, even ;
mu:6ra, .
eziandio, also, even.
altred,
Negative.
110, n.o, Dot;
raon gia, not, not at all ;
cinzi, on the contrary,
nor;
ruppure, l
nemmeno,
tamp6co neither.
Ay;Mentfltive or Adjunctive.
eli piu, motemer;
in 6ltre, .}
inn6ltre, besides;
tI'altr6nde,
0,
ossia, or;
oppare,
b .d th"
oltraccio eSI es IS ;
,
Q714;6ra, } again,
altrest, also.
Disjunctive.
ovvero, }
or
ovveramente, '
nor, neither.
.
Adversative.
sebbene,
although;
as,
Swhereas ;
'2 th t
5 even a;
,
CONJUNCTION.
pure,
JIOJUlimeno,
.ulladimeno,
tuttarJfa,
, tuttav61ta,
tuttafiata,
contutto ei3,
cia non ostante,
cia non eli meno,
cia non per tanto,
n0!l per questo,
. Elective.
still, yet,
however,
nevertheless,
notwithstanding,
for all that.
prima, } .
anzi, fi
. ,. rst,
Innanzt, h
l' rat er,
mGg 10,
sooner;
pIli. presto,
piueehe, rather,
anziell.e, Ssooner;
anzi ehe no, rather than
[not;
pi'll volentieri, more wil-
{lingly.
s6.lvo,
eccetlo,
. tratto,
tranne,
fu6ri,
ipfu6ri,
J'u6,r di,
fuoreM,
inp6i,
save,
'saving,
except j
Exceptive.
. if not,
se non, h"
se non eh ot erwlSe,
e, but;
ma" ! but.
pero, 5
Conclusive.
perCM, because j
1.> because, since,
pOlcm;, as, after;
polciJJch , since,tafter;]
pera, but;
'2 b
5 ecaulIe;
348
ANALOGY.
5therefore, for sicche, } so, thus,
perelo, (which reason; cost ehe, wherefore; .
pereioeeM, because, talehe, }
imperciocche, whereas, tanto the, so, so that;
as, intantoch ,
avvegnacltC, since j di maniera ehe,
dunque, l tl' di m6do ehe, - so that;
--'-< len, . < h
auunqlle, In gu.sa c e,
6nde, twherefore, in s6mma, h t
J-6 d h . fl 10 S or,
&a II e, w ereupon j m ne, " l'
il perchi, th fi per 10 cone uSlon ;
, ere ore, d I' h'
per 10 cite, fi h" h e resto, ot erwlse;
, or w IC 6
per reason' raJ now. .
per la qual e6sa,' _
c6me, as, likc ;
cost, so, thus;
doe, that is ;
Explicative.
'eioe a dire, th t' t
vale a dire, a IS 0
, t d' say.
quan 0 a trel
Causal.
e6me,
eh
e
" } for bccause'
perehe, ' ,
whercfore;
to the end that
affme, . '
affinehe,
( as,
eomecl/e, 5because j
per 10 dIe, for the which;
per la qurU c6sa, for which
_ [thing;
per la qual causa, for which
[cause.
Conditionat
se, if;
Ie mai, if, if ever;
p6sto ehe, } supposing that,
d/Lto ehe, granting that;
ancorehe, even, although;
a menD ehe, unless;
purehe, provided;
ogni v6lta ehe, } any time
titUe Ie volee che, that;
con che, , } o.n condi-
con questo pera, tlOn;
quando, when; .
quand' anche, even when,
f6rse, perhaps. [whenever.
INTERJECTION.
84'
prima elae, befQre tbat ;
d6po ehe, after that;
tanto ehe, so that;
mentre ehe, whilst that;
t6sto ehe, }
, b"t la as 100Q as.
su .0 e e,
..
oAf} hI
alai" ! a.
. "}
ca.- " alas 1
01&! ah I
01& 01&! ah ah I
delal ah !
pUre! yet!
oh!
CHAPTER X.
Of Interjections.
InterjuiWns of Grief.
lasso!
me lasso! alas !
alai lasso!
p6IJero me! poor me I
misero me! wretched me I
OfJoy.
ola! ob ! [joy!
o ehe allegrez.zo.! oh what
Of Desire.
ola se! oh if! [you I
di grazia! pray I I delire
()j .a."ersion.
'b"
0: 0;, fye I fye upon I
elf 'II"a"
OfIlnger.
'fJ'UA! pooh!
rna via! away I
so
,
350
ANu.oGY.
ok! oh!
o i m ~ alas!
Of Fear.
sta! still I
ok])o! ob!
Of Indignation or Contempt.
puh! pooh!
via! away 1
oibo I rough!
ok! oh r
eM eh!
rlela! psbaw!
It! yes 1 .
co,tll "I'
gid ! 5 yes certalD y .
bene I well!
Of .Ilpprobation.
bu6no! good 1
bravo! bravo 1
.viva ! l
eh viva.' 5well done !
oAt ob!
O! 01
c6mel why I
Of .Ildmiration.
cti;Jperi ! ~ ay, 1
cappita ! heyday!
poffare ! marry!
. ok/ oh!
OfSurpriae
ah! ah 1
Sll! ~
orsu! come 1
via!
Of Encouragement.
animo I }- ,
coraggio ! courage "I
fate cu6re! cheer up. .
Of Warning.
bad6.te ! l have care! piano!' ~ ,
. state all' &ota 1S~ i n d 1 adagio l Sslowly.
. . fermati oldI hold hold !
INTERJECTION.
S51
Of Beleeching.
per am6r del Cieto! for the
love of Heaven I for Hea-
ven's sake!
dell! pray!
mu'ci! prithee!
RIJ7I pi'll! enough! [sake!
per carita! for charity's
Of Calling.
O
'h . Ll., }
. 0 "''''.. 'h h 'ho there I
ehi eeli ld! who is there! old.! 0 ey.
Of Silencing.
zi! st!
zitto! hush'
cheto! be still !
silinzio! silence!
tadte! peace there I
basta! enough I
p6vera me! poor me !.
mfsera me! wretched me!
,The interjections msso! p6vero! misero ! 'are mere ad-
jectives, and when used by a female take the feminine
termination; as,
lassa! .
me lana! alas !
ali lassa ! .
PART IV.
-
01' Tn
ITALlAN SYNT.AX.
CHAPTER I.
Of the Order of Word
CflJsar conquered j
I write j
the beautiful [beauty] p ~
es;
to study [study] is useful;
to die for one's country is a
pleasaot thing.
WOIlDS may be arranged, either ip the natural or-
der of the ideas which they are used to convey, or
in a somewhat different order, in which euphony or em-
phasis is consulted. Hence there are two dift'erent e08-
structions, the one called simple or diret:t, tbe otber PI-
verse or indirect.
In tbe simple construction, the subjective is put in
the first place and always before the verb. It is gener-
ally a noun or a pronoun, an adjective or a verb used as
a nouo, or a phrase; as,
Cesare tJlnse,
10 ScMtJO,
il bello [18 bellezza] piciu,
10 studiare [10 studio] eutile,
il mor1r per la patria ~ c6sa
d61ce,
The subjective is followed by the verb, and the verb
by the objective, which is generally a noun, a pronoun,
an adjective, a verb, or a phrase; as, .
Ce.sare mnse Pompeo, Cresar conquered Pompey;
10 amo te, I love tke, i
ORDER OF, WORDS.
eiascUfto ammfra it bello,
guei volkndo morire,
e significlJ il fatto come sta-
va,
everyone admires beaM'Y j
he wishing to die;
and declared the fact tJI it
was.
Peter and Pmd read;
theykilled both men and beall,.
the sun shines;
love [the] virtue.
near [to] home;
come to see.
,
....
If the subjective or the objective consists of more thao ooe
nouo, pronoun, &C. these are all of them put in their 'respective
places with the conjunction.s or other particles which accom-
pany them; as,
Pietro e Mggono, - ,
ued.tero uomini ed animali,
The adjectives belonging to the subjective or the ob-
jective are put immediately after them; as,
gli scoUiri morigerati di- the well-behaved and diligent
ligenti stUdiano, scholars study;
il maestro premia gli scolari the master rewards the *
attenti e studiosi, tentive and studious
Ilcholars
If the subjective or objective has an article, this arti-
cle is put always before j as,
it s61e luce,
ama la virtu,
The -adverb is placed immediately after the verb
which it qualifies; as"
Giovanni ama ardentemen- John 100ves glory fJ7'deRtly.
te la g16ria,
The preposition is always put before the word which
it governs; as,
vicino a casa,
venite a 1Jedere,
The conjunction is placed _between those paJ1J of a
sentence which it connects; as,
mangio e bevo, I eat and drink;
bianco 0 aero, white or
so-
854
SYNTAX.
he loved ardently;
it is nothing else but to
pass one's life in vain.
The interjection bas no fixed pl!lce, because it has
no intrinsic relation to other words; it is, however,gen-
era11y put at'the beginnipg of the phrase; as,
ahi! tradit6ri, v6i siete an.! traitors you are dead;
[morti,
cn.e dici tu ? alas! what d{) you say?
The relative is always put after antecedent; as,
l'u6mo, il quale adOra Iddio,. the man, who adores God.
With regard to the inverse construction no certain
rules can De established, it varying according to the
taste and ear of the speaker or writer.
It can only be said, that in this construction the sub-
jective may be placed likewise after the verb; all,
gid s' era ribellata l' armata the army of Misena had al-
Misena, ready revolted;
presemi a1l6ra la mi8 scorta then my guide took me by
per mana, the hand.
The objective may be put before the verb; as,
argento e oro non anno, they have neither silver nor
. [gold;
umana cosa eaver compas- it is a humane thing to take
sione digli aJllitti, pity on the afflicted.
The adjective may be put before the substantive which
it qualifies; as, >
col suo prezioso with his precious blood;
guantunque fosse tondo I! although he was a maD
grosso u6mo, burly and fat.
The adverb may be placed before the verb which
it qualifies; as,
focosamente amava,
non altro che sUa vita va-
namente mendre.
AGREEMENT OF WORDS. 555
These inversions are very common in Italian, ani add
great expression and beauty to thd phrase, but in using
them we must always consult euphony. A learner ought
never to avail himself of such liberties until, by a compe-
tent knowledge of the language, and a long perusal of the
classics, he be able to appreciate their value and to
make use of them with propriety.
In the phrases which are commonly called imperative,
the subjective, which, according to the simple construc-
tion, ought to be put before the verb, as in English, i.
always put after it in Italian; as,
quinci estimino i secoli chi let future times judge from
fu Ott6ne, this who Otto was; ,
riabbiasi VitelIio il fratel- let Vitellius take his broth-
10, er.
CHAPTER II.
Of Concordance or .I1greement of WfJrdl.
, ADJECTIVES agree with their Douns in gender and
number; as,
u6mo virtu6so,
"icende umane,
virtuous man;
human vicissitudes.
Paul and John are good j
Mary and Frances lU'8
flJise.
l
When two or more nouns singular of the same gender
come together the adjectives belonging to them are put
in the p l u ~ l as,
Paolo e Giovanni s6no huoni,
Maria' Francesca s6no sa-
vie,
116
II the nouns are of di1J'erent genders or different Dum-
bers, the adjectives are put in the plural, agreeing with a
masculine nOUD understood j as,
Paolo e Mana [questi indi- Paul and Mary [tkese indi-
o vidui] s6no amabili, "iduals] are amiabk;
kjigliu6k e i jigliu61i [que- the daughters and the sons
. sti soggetti] s6110 docili, [thue persons1are docilt ;
i1 flglio di Pietro e k sorel- the son of Peter and his
Ie di lUi s6no partlti, sisters have gone.
When, in a phrase in which there are several nouns,
tbe adjective is affirmed or denied alternatively, tbis ad-
jective always agree. with the nearest noun; as,
WI "z%O, una scintUla, ca- a brand, a spark might set
pace d' appicdr/u6co, fi:re ;
, Pietro 0 Maria emorta, Peter or Mary is dead ;
Francesea, ne Giovanni neither Frances nor JOM
ftmI parnto, has gone ;
ae"a la mano e it 0'80 he had his hand and his
mozzo, nose cut off;
i1 cappello e la beretta the red hat and cap.
[ro.sa,
the maternal affection and
. [pietp; .
the jilial respect and love;
he is of a wonderful agree-
ableness, and "ivacity.
la ri"erenza e l'amore fili-
ile,
ed' un.a piacevoUzza e
d' un brio maraviglioso,
And when there are in a phrase several names of in-
animate beings which are not separated from their ad-
jective by a verb, this adjective agrees likewise with the
nearest noun; as,
e la pieta materna,
Calandrino, Bruno, and Buf-
falmacco go in searc4. 01
the heliotrope.
AGREEMENT OF WORDS. 157
The verb agrees with the subjective, either expreued
or understood, both in Dumber and person; as,
10 ti cOBsolerl), I will tonsole tbee ;
[eglino] v&glwno III m6rte, [they] wish for death.
When the subjective consists of several nouns and the
action can be performed either successively or alter-
nately, the verb always agrees with the last noun j ai,
gli 6cchi v6stri ch' am6re, e your eyes which love, and
it cieJo onora, heaven honours;
qual fortuna 0 destino what fortune or destiny
qu'!fgiu ti mlma 'l brings you here below?
non ~ n n a non Silla signa- Deither Cinna nor Sylla rul-
reggia lun.gamente, ed long.
If there are different subjectives which eODcur simul-
taneously to perform the action of .the verb, the verb
agrees with a DOUD plural understood; as,
consiglio e rf4,rri6ne [queste advice and reaSOD [the.se
due case] cODdIlcono la two things] lead to victa-
vitt6ria, ry ;
se VirgUio ed Omero [que- if Virgil and Homer [these
sti due soggetti] avesser troo persons] had seen...,
vista...,
Calandrino, BrUno, e Buf-
falmacco vanno cercando
di trovar I' elitropia,
When the subjectives are of two or more different
persons; as, 0 e tu, I and thou j tu ed egli, thou and he ;
&c. the verb agrees with a personal pronoun in the plural
unoerstood. Hone of the subjectives is 0, I, the pronoun
understood with which the verb will agree, is n6i, we; if
one of the subjectives is tu, and fa is not one of the
others, the pronoun understood is v6i, you; and if the
subjectives are all of the third person, the pronoun un-
derstood is eglino or ellena, they. Thus,
tu doll' un Mto e Steechi thou on one side anil Stee-
dall' altro [voi] mi verre- chi on the other [you]
te sostenendo, will .support me ;
SYNTAX.
egli e ella [6ssiJ 'cen.arono
lin p6co :di carne.sabita,
w, egli; Siro,e 7,0 [noi) pi-
glieremo uno per
1&e and s1&e [tltey] Slipped on
a little salt beef;
thou, he, 8yM'S, and I [we]
will take one for
neither rain, nor the water
which they threw on it,
nor any other wet thing
extinguished them;
I will cause it [the gene-
rosityJ to be painted there
in such a manner, that
neither yOIl nor any other
one will be able to tell me
. any longer, that I have
not seen it;
great, small, rich, and poor,
110 one can .escape death.
U1 cRa faro dipirl!(ere [fa
cortes!a] di maniera, c1&e
mdi v6i altri mi po-
trA piu d!re ch' fa non
l' dbbia veduta,
grandi, Mccki, zn.ccoli, e p6-
ven, nessuno PUQ sottrar-
si alla morte,
Sometimes one of the subjectives is a word which com-
prehends thl;! others in its signification i as, altro, altn,
nessuno, &c. and then the verb agrees directly with this
;wo'rd'; 'as,
.ne pi6g{(ia cad6ta, ne ffcqua
gittdta, ne umidore
gli spegneva,
the greater part [of the indi-
viduals] were killed and
cut to pieces.
If the subjective is formed of two nouns dependent
on each other, the one being a part of the other,
the verb agrees with the whole and not with the part;
as,
la parte degli uo- the greater part of men are
miDI s6no ambizi6si, . ambitious;
ciascUno di n6i ,sa cite de' everyone of us knows that
luoi sono la maggi6r par- the greater part of our
te morti, friends ,are dead ..
sometimes the noun expressing the whole is understood;'
as,
la maggi6r parttta [di indi-
vidui] CUron morti e fa-
gliMi,
AGREEMENT OF WORDS. 859
When the subjective is a collective noun, which,
though composed of several individuals, still presents
to the mind the idea of singleness, the verb is always put
in the singular; as,
dimmi perche que! popolo e tell me why that people is
st emfio, . so impious;
comando che tlilla la sua fa- he commanded that aU his
miglia gli venbse davan- - family should appear
ti, fore him.
Participles, they stand as adjectives, agree with
nouns in gender and number.
When the participle is joined to the verb essere, to be,
it has always the force of an adjective qualifying the
subject of the proposition, and consequently it agree"
with the subjective in gender and number; as,
moltifurono quest' anna ac- many were accused this
cusati, year;
erano Ie ialte de' Vitellia- the faults of Vitellius' troops
ni punite, ma ben paga- were not punished, but
te, well paid.
When it is joined to the verb avere, and this verbis
used in the signification of possedere, to possess, tenere,
to hold, and not as an auxiliary, the participle has the
force of an adjective qualifying the object of the propo-
sition, and agrees with the object we in gender and num-
bel'; as,
d tagliata la mano, or,
a[possiede, tiene] Ia rna-
no tagliata,
otrovata una seatola, or, 0
[possiedo, una sea-
tola [da me] trovata,
he has [possesses, holds] Ai'
hand cut off;
t have [possess, hold] a lHn
. found [by me].
860
SYNTAX.
But if the verb (Were is used as an auxiliary, and not.
ia the meaning of posudi:re, tenere, tbe participle then is a
mere form of the verb; as, ci tagfjata, be b811 cut oft'; 0
trtTDato, I have found; for tagli;', he cut off; trtnJdi, I
found; and consequently it remains invariable; as,
la Icatola che Qtrovato, or, the box wbich Ifound;
la uatola ehe f.o trovai,
la marto ehe a. tagliato, or, the hand he cut off.
la mano ehe ei taglio,
When the participle is preceded by one of the COD-
junctive pronouns 10, la, Ii, gli, Ie, ne, it takes always
the terminations analogous to the object represented by
tbem; as,
.lIa medesima mele a dbt- she henelf h811 told tms, OJ'
te, or, mi a. d6tte queste these things, to me ;
i)Ose,
didva averla e1so uccisa, or., he said t/wt he had h1lul
esso uCclsa la don- "her, ortlu lady, himself.
na,
The relative quale, with the article, agrees witb its
antecedent; but witbout the article, and denoting an
absolute quality or likeness,' it agrees with what follows;
88,
gKel cuore, il.quaIe la lUta that "eart, which propitious
fortuna non avea potfdo fortune had not been able
aprire, to open;
mdesi di tal moneta pagatohe saw himself paid in
quali Erano state, Ie der- money for which tlu pro-
.rite vendvte, visions had been sold.
I have been all over Rome;
I have looked all over the
[house.
AGREEMENT OF WORDS. 861
Possessive pronouns- agree with the thing possessed
and not with the possessor; as,
cd ella abbracciando il ,'6-0 and she embracing her in-
bambino, fan! ;
Iegl'J ass/!state Ie sue bis6- [he] having settled his af-
gne prrrfi per R6ma, fairs departed for Rome.
When the noun bestia, beast, fool; is applied as an ep-
ithet to a man, the adjective or participle belonging to it
agrees with the word u6mo understood; as,
tjuMla Mstia [d' uomo] era that fool [of a man] was
pur disposto . , nevertheless disposed . ..
The pronoun v6i, you, used instead of tu, thou, in ad-
dressing a person, takes the adjective in the singular,
agreeing with sign61'e, Sir, or sign6ra, Madam, either ex-
pressed or understood, and has the verb in the plural; as,
v6i [signore or signora] you [Sir or Madam] arc
siete motto civlle, v,ery civil.
The adjective mezzo, half, when preceded by a femi-
nine noun qualified by a numeral adjective, remains in-
variable; as,
t6gli una lIbbra I! mezzo -eli take a pound and a half of
castrone, mutton.
The adjective tlito, all, preceded by the preposition
pl!T, through, and followed by a feminine noun is invari.
ble; as,
s6no stdto per tutto R6ma,
c6rco per tutto la casa,
!l
162
SYNTAX.
CHAPTER III.
Of the Use of the Article.
A NOUN may be used either in an indeterminate, or io
a determinate sense.
A noun may be used in a determinate sense in three
different manners:
First, when it is employed to designate a kind of ob-
jects j as) gli u6mini, [the] men: the noun u6mini being
taken in its largest signification, the article gli shows-
that all the individuals composing the human kind are
here spoken of.
Secondly, when the noun is employed to designate a
class of objects of any kind; as, gli tlumini virtu6si, [the]
virtuous men: here dIP, noun u6mini, expresses only a
certain number of men, its signification being limited by
the adjective virtu6si. '\
Thirdly, when it is employed to one object of
a kind 01' of a class; as, l' u6mo di cui 7Ji parlo, the man
of whom I speak to yon; the noun u6mo being taken
individually, and the article used to express the man
who is spoken of.
When a noun is used in a determinate sense the arti-
cle is always employed j but when used in an indeter-
minate sense, the article is never employed; as,
gli uomini di questa terra si the people of this land will
leveranno a "umore, rise in an uproar;
per crudeUa della d6nna by the cruelty of the be-
amatn, loved lady:
qual che tu od 6mbra, od
uomo certo,
risposemi: Non uomo,
giafM,
whoever you are, whether
a shadow, or a real man j
he answered me: I am not
a man, I was formerly a
man.
USE OF THE ARTICLE.
S6S
q ~ v i sospiri, pianfi, ed al-
tri guai risonavan... ,
sani, canti, vesttr, giuochi,
viviinde, quanto puo cu6r
pensar, puo chiMer bocca,
they have great beasts in
theil' woods;
they had from him [of]
good luncheons;
there are some very hand-
'some ODes, who love me.
The articfe is generally suppressed when the nouns
are sufficiently determined by the nature of the thing,
or by the circumstances of the case. Thus,
gli direbbe novelle, for gli he would tell _him [the]
direbbe le novelle, news;
cosi camilli, e uomini fur thus [the] horses and [the]
, vittime ... , men were victims .. ;
eon atti e lusinghe ~ : '. , with gestures and flatte-
ries .. ;
there sighs, tears, and
groans echoed ... ;
music, singing, dresses,
games, viands, all that
the heart can think of, and
all that the palate' can
desire.
When we wish to designate a portion or a number
of the objects iu a class, this may be done in four differ-'
ent ways:
First, by naming only the objects of, the class; as, 0
buon vino, or buoni vini, I have good wine, or good
wines.
-Secondly, by using the preposition di, of; as, 0 di buon
vino, or di hu6ni v ini, I have [of] good wine, 01' [of]
good wines.
Thirdly, by using the same preposition and the article;
as, 0 del huon vino, or dei hu6ni vini, I have [of], good
wine, or [of] good wines.
Fourthly, by using the indefinite pronoun uno, a, an, in
the singular; alcuni, sarno, in the plural; as, 0 un buon
vino, or alcuni buoni vini, I have a good wine or some
goodwines. Thus,
grandi bfstie dnno ne' 16ro
b6schi,
avevan da lui di buone ,he-
rende,
egli ci sono dei ben leggia-
4N ehe m' amana,
564
SYNTAX.
fatn prestlDllinte cAiant6re [having] caused some friends
alcUrti. amici, to be immediately called.
they died not like men, but
like beasts ;
he appeared to roar like a
lion, and to bleat like a
sheep, and to bray like
an ass.
In the comparison of equality, as we are obliged com-
monly to express the objects in an indeterminate seose,
neither the preposition, the article, nor the indefinite
pronoun is used; as,
U1I c6me u6naini, ma quasi
c6me bestie morti7arw,
parerJa du ruggisse cOme
k6ne, e btlitsse c6me pe-
cora, e ragghilisse c6me
c1.irto,
When several nouns come together before or after
th(;l verb, and one of them takes the article, this article
is repeated before every noun in the sentence; as,
la debolzza, il tim6re, la
malinconia, e l' ignoran-
za s6no Ie sorginti della
superstizi6ne,
Romani erono assuifiitti
al disdgio, ciliaf a t ~ c a ed
aUa rJifa militare,
weakness, fear, melanchQ..
Iy, and ignorance are the
sources of superstition;
the Romans were inured to
hardship, fatigue, and a
military life:
and
But this rule is not without exceptions, since many
instances are found in the classics in which the article
is not so rigorously repeated; as,
am6re e I' ira del re, the love and anger of the
king;
burst lengthwise
breadthwise;
praying him that he would
be pleased to come with
. this daughter of his, and
with his son . ~ ;
for all this it is not the case,
that sOInetirnes in tbe tbick.
crtpcUa per 10 lungo, e per
traverso,
pregdndalo ehe gl' piaeesse
di dover con questa sua
figliu6la, e col jigliu610
venire . . ,
non i egli pereio, ehe alcu-
M v6tta fraiolli b6schi,
USE OF THE ARTICLE.
e tra It rigide A'lpi, e
diserte spe16nehe non fde-
cia Ie sue furze sentre,
woods, and the rug-
ged Alps, and in lonely
caves, it does Dot make us
fe,el its power.
/
These are tbe principles which regulate the use of
the article in Italian; there are however some nouns
'which appear to require or to reject the article inde-
pendently of these rules.
the beautiful, the good;
the sublime, the excellent.
All adjectives used as Douns, require the article before
them; as, '
il Mllo, il bu6no,
il sublime, l' eeeellente,
All verbs used as nouns require the article; as,
c 'I suo parlare, e 'I bel vso both hel' conversation and
mi piaequj:r sz ... , her beautiful countenance
pleased me so ... ;
la d6nna veggendo ehe il the woman seeing that
pregare non le valeva, ri- prayers were useless, had
e6rse al minaeeicire. recourse to menaces.
, I have already thought of
the where;
I should be happy to know
tho when;
[how can we?] I have al-
seen the how;
do not trouble yourself a-
bout the how, I will tell
you the why;
I am certain of the affirma-
tive;
everyone answered in the
[negative.
Any other word, when used as a noun, requires the
article; as,
il d6ve lJ io gid pensato,
sarei contento di sapere il
quando,
[e6me Il e6me,
() io ben vedUto,
del e6me non Ii eciglia, il
ti diro,
son certa del st,
ciaseuno risp6se del no,
31-
s66
SYNTAX.
Master Charles;
Mistress Theresa ;
Master Dati;
Madam Spinola;
Master lawyer;
my lady Marchioness;
I have seen Master ... ;
I gave it to Mistress or
[!\Jadam
Tho words signore, Master; signOra, Mistress" or Mad-
am; when used before nouns dtlnoting persons, take the
article; as,
il signor Carlo,
la sign6ra Teresa,
il sign6r Da.ti,
la signora Spinola,
il signor avvocato,
la signora rnarchesa,
Gveduto il sign6r .. ,
I' 0 dato alta signora . ,
These words also take the article when they are' used
in the signification of master or mistrtlss of a thing; as,
il signore [il sign6re eli the master [the master of this
questa casa] euscito, house] is gone out;
la signora occ"prita, the mistress is engaged;
,,6i 'lui siete il signore, you are the master here.
But, when signore, sign6ra, are used as epithets in .
calling a person, they refuse the article; as,
signor Andrea. Master Andrew;
signora Nina, Mistress Nina;
sign6r giUdice, Master judge;
signora contessa, my lady Countess;
Sigoore, ascoltafe, Sir, listen.
They also refuSe the article when used with the par-
ticles ii, yes; no, no; in an affirmative or negative phrase;
Ii, signore, yes, sir; no, sign6ra, no, madam; &c.
Quale, when a relative pronoun, always takes' the
article; but when it is used as an adverb to express si-
militude, &c. always refuses it; as,
il qlllJle essendo venuto . , who having come . ;
e '1uale aquei, che , and like him, who .
USE OF THE ARTICLE.
S6r
take mine [my book] ;
thy garden:
1 am the first;
behold the second:
The possessive pronouns mio, my or mine, tuo, thy or
thine, suo, his, her or hers, its, &c. when followed by &
noun, either expressed or understood, always take the
article; but when the noun precedes them they refuse
it; as,
prendete il mio [libro],
il tuo giardino,
questa casa esua, this house is his;
quetlo eil libro v6s/ro, that is your book.
, When these pronouns are followed by a noun of
quality; or kindred, and this noun is in the singular num-
ber, they refuse the article; but if the 'Joun is in the
plural, they always take it ; as,
suasignoria, his lordship;
mio padre, ' my father;
tuo fratello, thy brother;
vostra Santitd; your Holiness:
Ie loro signorie or le signo- their lordships;
i miei alii, [Tie loro, my ancestors;
i tuui fratezti, ' thy brothers;
le maestd l6ro, their majesties.
Except when the pronouns are separated from the noun by all
adjeclive placed between tbem, mwhich case they ta"e tbe arti-
'cle; as, al mio affesionatissimo padre, to my very.atl"ectionate fath-
er; la sUiJ cara lorflla, bis or her dear sisler. The pronoun lOrD,
their, never refuses it; as, la loro madre, their mother; i lOro
figliuoli, lbeir children; &.c.
The ordinal numbers general1y take the article; but
they always refuse it when joined to a proper name.
as,
io sono il primo,
~ o il secondo,
Luigi decimo-quarto,
Leone d ~ i m o
Louis the Fourteenth j
Leo the Tenth.
Names of kingdomJl, provinces, mountains, and rivers,
- when they arc considered with regard to their extcnt
S68 SYNTAX.
take the article; but when they are considered as single
points or parts of the earth, they refuse it j as,
I" Itdlia ~ bella, Italy is beautiful;
la Sptigna ~ spopolata, Spain is depopulated;
a.varctito il Po,he has crossed the Po ;
osaMo il VesurJio, I have ascended Vesuvius:
stavi in Francia,
viene d' Inghilterra,
ecaduto in A'rno,
ovisto E'tna,
thou wast in France;
he comes from England;
he fell into the Arno ;
I have seen Etna.
EIcept il Lano, [the] Latium, which always takes the article; IUI!!./
rda, Ida; O'88a, Ossa, which always. refuse it.
Names of islands, cities, lakes, and seas are generally
used without the article; as,
.Mazta, Malta; Mgo di Garda, lake of Garda;
Corfu, Corfu j lago di Como, l ~ of Como ;
Napoli, Naples; mar Tirreno, Tuscan sea;
L6ndra, London; mar Jlfero, Black sea.
Some names of islands; 88, 'Sicilia, Sicily; Sardegna, Sardinia;
C6rrica, Corsica; E'lba, Elba; IlIghilterra, England; may b.
used with or without the article.
The names of those isl1;mds which are spoken of in the
plural; as, Ie Baleari, the Balearic islands; Ie Filippine,
the Philippine islands; &r.. always'take the article.
And the names of seas, when the word mare is omit-
ted, require the article before them; aifJ il Mediterraneo,
the Mediterranean; l' Adriatico, the Adriatic j l' Atlan-
tico, the Atlantic; il Pacifico, the Pacific.
Dio, God, and p r ~ p r names of persons, when used in
their full meaning, neVel' take an article; but when we
limit their signification to designate a.particular object,
they always take the article; as,
Dio, God; il Dlo dWa guerra, the god
[of the war j
USE OF THE ARTICLE.
369
Ap611o, Apollo;
E'rcole, Hercules;
I' Ap6110 del Belvedere, the
[Apollo of Belvedere;
I' E'rcole FarRese, the Far-
[nese Hercules.
Dio in the plural always takes the article i gli Dei, the Gods.
Proper names also take the article when they are used
to express persons familiarly or publicly known; as,
la N i n ~ t a [the] Ninetta;
la Caterina, [the] Catherine.
Or when they are preceded by a noun of quality,
rank, or dignity, expressed or understood; as,
il poUa Dante, the poet Dante;
il c6nte Ugolino, [the] cOllnt Ugolino;
l' arcivescovo Ruggieri, [the] archbishop Rug&ieri.
il [poeta] Tasso,
il [c6rate] BOTTomeo,
il [cardinale] Mazzarini,
Tasso;
[count] Borromeo;
[cardinal] Mazzarini.
...
But if proper Dllmes are preceded by one of the
nouns, Sere, Sir; Messere, Malter; maestro, master;
DOnna, Don; D6nna, Donna; Su6ra, Sister; Frate,
Friar or Brother; Santo, Saint; they refuse the article:
and the nouns Papa, Pope; re, king, before a proper
noun, are better used without it; as,
Ser Brunetto, Sir Bl'unetto;.
Don Francesco, Don Fraucis ;
maestro Giovanni, Master John;
Su6r Maria, Sister Mary;
Frat' Alberto, Brother Albert;
Sant' Jlnt6nio, Saint Antony;
re Carlo, King Charles;
Papa Innocnzio, Pope Innocent.
Finally, there are several ellpressions in Italian, in
in which the article is always suppressed; as,
mer fame, to be hungry; stare ira Cala, to be at
lIVer ctildo, to be hot; [!.tome;
170
SYNTAX.
parlar In/(lest, to speak
[English;
parrar Francese, to speak
[French;
dar malleveria, to give se-
[curity;
dare ordine, to give orders;
far testimonianza, to bear
[witness;
far naufragio, to be shit>-
[wrecked:
antltire a easa, to go home;
andare a c6rte, to go to
[court;
andd.re a n6zze, to go to
[a wedding;
stare in piazza . , to live
[in the square. " . ;
avb"e in mana, to have at
[hand;
mena,"e a spasso, to take
[one to walk;
e6rrer rischio, to run a
[risk;
render c6nto, to give ac-
[count;
mettere in Meea, to put ioto
[one's mouth;
tener tcivola, to give a din-
[ner;
prestar fede, to give credit.
CHAPTER IV.
Of the Position of .I1djectives.
Adjectives in Italian may, generally, be placed eithel"
before or after their nouns; as,
curi6sa avventura or }
. a curious adventure;
avventura euri6sa,
feltce suceesso, or happy success;
successo felice,
n6bile aspetto or }" a noble countenance:
aspetto n6bile,
there are however some adjectives which always follow
their nouns, and others which always go before them; as,
uomo crudele, a cruel man;
tempo freddo, cold weather:
bv6n pane,
bei .fi6ri,
good bread;
beautiful dowen.
a sickly youth;
a leamed man;
rainy weather;
wholesome air.
POSITION OF ADJECTIVES. STl
Aqjeeti"esthat follow their Nouns.
The adjectives of nations; as,
un principe Romano, a Roman prince;
ufla dama Inglese, an English lady;
I' idi6ma Spagnu6lo, the Spanish idiom;
la letteratura Italiana, the Italian literature.
Verbal adjectives; ,as,
"ina c6tto, burnt wine;
par6le finte, feigned words;
strada battuta, beaten road;
passi6ne p"edominfmte, ruling passion.
Adjectives of taste, smell, and hearing: as,
frutto d6lce, sweet fruit;
erbe odorifere, odoriferolls herbs;
v6ce sonora, sonorous voice;
pUle m6"bida, soft skin.
Adjectives expressing colours; as,
panno nero, black cloth;
fazzozetto bianco, a white handkerchief;
nastri gialli, yellow ribbons;
occhiali verdi, . green spectacles.
Adjectives denoting shape or form,. as,
trivola rot6nda, a round table;
specchio ov6[e, an oval looking-glass;
camera larga, a wide room;
,,6lta piana, a plane ceiling..
Various adjectives expressing physical or mental
qualities,. as,
una gi6vane malaticcia,
un u6mo d6tto,
tempo piov6so,
aria salubre,
a hunchback j
a lame horse;
a blind bird;
a squinting woman.
five pounds;
twenty years;
the first monarch;
the second person.
SYNTAX.
Adjectives that may be used 8S nouns; like g6bbo, an
g6bbo, a hunchback; z6ppo, [uno %6ppo, a cripple];
neUJ, [1171 deco, a blind man]; guercio, [un guercio, a
squinting man] ; as,_
vn 1l6mo g6bbo,
ctJ'l/allo z6ppo,
IlceeUo eieeo,
vna dunna guercia,
And, generally, the following adjectives:
lUngo, long;
_corto, short;
y..gro, lazy;
neutro, neuter;
intiero, entire;
l6.nguido, languid;
importfl.n.o, importunate i
fJ;zi6so, vicious;
fJirtu6so, virtuous;
paur6so, fearful;
,ingolare, singular;
partieolare, particular;
gmerale, general i
coosiderabik, considerable:
but thjs rule is liable to exceptions.
AcijeetifJes that go hefore their No"n,.
The numeral adjectives, both cardinal and ordinal;
u,
ciftque libre,
venti anni,
it primo monarea,
la s e n d ~ pers6na,
Eltcept when tha ordinal numeral adjectives are joined to a
J'I'Oper name, or are used in Ipeaking of the dh'isionl of a work;
III which case they are put after the nouns i u, Corio fU1"'.,
bello c6me un a youth as handsome a. 811
angel.
POSITION OF ADJECTIVES. 31'S
Cbarles tbe Fiftb; Bani/aeia l t a ~ o Boniface tbe Eigbtb: libro
primo, book first; capilllio Urso, chapter third"; pagina n6ncl,
ninth page; linea decima, tenth line: canto !ecOndo, second canto,
lIan.ra decimatersa, thirteenth stanza; lerrina quar/a, fOUl1b terzi-
na; ver,o undecimo, eleventh verse. When, in spfJaking of books
the article is used, we may also say, il primo libro, the first book,
la IIan.ra oi/aDa, the eleventh stanza; &c.
And, generally, the following adjectives:
bu6no, good;
cattivo, bad ;
grande, great;
picciolo, small ;
MUo, handsome, fine;
hrritto, ugly, bad;
ncco, rich ;
p6vero, poor:,
but this rule is likewise liable to exceptions.
When two or more adjectives belong to the same
noun, they are generally put after the noun; all,
una d6nna bu6na e religi6- a good and religi'ous 11"0-
sa, man;
un u6mo ricco, MUo, e ,tLvio, a rich, beautiful, and wise
man.
Adjectives are always put after nouns, when the
same adjective relates also to another noun following;
as,
un gi6vane
angiolo,
32
ST4
f3YNTAX.
CHAPTERV.
Of the Use and the Position of Pronouns.
I speak to thee;
he said to him;
PERSONAL pronouus are generally put before tbe
verb, but may also be placed after it; as,
aoeva I' anello assai he held the ring very
. caro, dear;
vi rUbano, they rob you:
na flOgl' io passar s6tto si- nor I wish to pus over in
Unzio, silence;
dimmi il perche, diS!' 10, tell me the reason, said I.
In the phrases commonly called interrogative, and in
the i'"peratiwe, they are always put after the verb; as,
la figliu6la con6$1i [tu] di dostthou know the daugh-
Cidippe ter of Cidippe ?
IJbbidte [v6i] compassi6ne take [ye] pity on the afilict-
degli alftitti, ed ;
voglid'e v6i .. , may you be pleased to
bless. .
These pronouns, in Italian, may be either expressed or under-
stood, the verbs showing by their different terminations the person
and number of the subject of the proposition; they ought however
to be expressed before the first and third persons ringullJl" of the
imperfect of the indicatille, and the firs and .eetnul persons ringu-
lar oC the imperfect of the eOfl}unclive, to avoid a confusion of
persons, the terminations of the verh in those instances being the
same.
Conjunctive are, most commonly, put be-
fore the verb, but may also be placed after it. When
before the verb,they are -placed immediately after the
personal pronouD, and when after, they are always
joined to the verb; as,
fo ti favUIo, or favelloti,
ei gli diceva, or diceJ1agli,
here I am;
here she is;
bere we are.
,.
USE AND POSITION OF PRONOUNS. -575
diedegli or gli diede la lua he gave him his blessing.
benedizione, "
When the verb is in the infinitive, in the gerund,
in the participle, and in the imperative mood, the con-
junctive pronouns are always put after the verb; as,
ricominci3 afargli i maggi6r she began again to do him
piaceri, the greatest kindnesses;
trovandosi egli una volta a he finding himself once in"
Parzgi, Paris;
salutatolo, il domando se after he had saluted him,he
egli si sentisse niente, asked him whether any
thing ailed him ; [me.
ltisciami, non mi toccare, let me alone, do not touch
But if the negative particle precedes the verb in the
infinitive or in the imperative, the conjunctive pronouns
must be put before the. verb; as,
non mi parlan, do not speak to me ;
Ron ti ric6rda dost thou not remember?
If the verb is in the gerund, the pronoun ma, be put either be-
fore or after; as, non gli or non i,erivendogli, not writing
to him; but if in the participle, always after.
The conjunctive pronoun loro, to them, them, is al.
ways put after the verb; as, _
e mand3 lorD dicendo , and sent to them saying .. ;
non die laro eke, . . , he did" not give them but ... ;
rJeduti 16ro in st p6vera con- having seen them in so rpis-
dizi6ne . . , erable -a condition . . .
When" lOra is in the objective, the pronouns gli or Ii for the mll-
culine gender, and Ie for the feminine, generally take its place.
If the conjunctive pronouns occur with the adverb
ecco, they are always put after the adverb, and form
with it a single word j as,
eccola,
t.ccoci,
316
SYNTAX.
they wish to make me beHeve ;
they tell him or he.r ;
they attribute it to us.